Cities Index.
Agenda packet

Manhattan Beach City Council
April 15, 2025

Document
Agenda packet
Meeting
April 15, 2025
Body
Manhattan Beach City Council
Pages
18
Original file
65.9 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on manhattanbeach.legistar.com. That file is the official record.

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

Figure 1. Site Location

2. PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
The scope of work described in this letter report included the following:
 Performing a site reconnaissance to evaluate Site conditions and mark out exploration locations;
 Performing a field exploration and laboratory testing program to evaluate the subsurface conditions consisting of the following:
- Three hand auger explorations down to 5 feet depth below ground surface (bgs) and one hand auger to 10 feet bgs;
- Four shallow pit infiltration tests;
- Two shallow boring infiltration tests performed at a depth of 5 ft bgs. - Laboratory testing of selected soil samples;
 Assessment of the in-situ infiltration rates; and
 Preparing this letter report outlining our findings and recommendations.

SITE
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 596
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 3 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

3. FIELD INVESTIGATION AND TESTING

3.1 Hand Auger Exploration
Hand Auger Explorations were performed to assess the subsurface conditions. The work included 5 explorations to a depth of 5 feet bgs and one exploration to 10 feet bgs. Figure 2 shows the approximate location of hand auger explorations. Soil encountered was uniform across the explored depth and consisted of poorly-graded clean sand, which is consistent with the expected geologic conditions in the area. Approximately, top 2 feet of soil, contained some concrete debris and base aggregate material, interpreted to be the result of the disturbances of the subgrade associated with original parking building construction and its recent demolition. No ground water was observed withing the explored depth of 10 ft bgs.

Figure 2. Site Layout showing Approximate Hand Auger Exploration and Infiltration locations.

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 597
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 4 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

3.2 Shallow Pit Infiltration Testing
Four shallow pit infiltration tests were performed at approximately each corner of the site. The infiltration tests were performed generally following the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Works Administrative Manual GS200.2 (LACPW, 2017) guidelines for Shallow Pit Test and as described below:
a. A shallow test pit (1-foot-deep x 1-foot-wide x 1 foot long) was excavated manually using hand tools on the ground surface. A general layout of the shallow test pit excavation is shown in Figure 3 below.

Figure 3. General layout of the shallow test pit excavation. b. The excavated shallow test pit was attempted to be presoaked for 30 mins by filling it with water. However, since the water repeatedly drained in less than 10 mins, it was determined that a constant head infiltration test is appropriate.
c. While performing a constant head infiltration test a constant water level near the top of the pit was maintained for approximately 30 mins. A flow meter was used to record the volume of water entering the test pit. The infiltration test results are summarized in Table 1 and the field infiltration test data are included in Attachment A. d. After test completion the test pit was backfilled with excavated soil.

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 598
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 5 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

Table 1. Results of the shallow pit infiltration tests
Test Pit ID Field Infiltration
Rate (in/hr)
Reduction Factors
RF Design Infiltration
Rate (in/hr) RFT RF V RF S
TP-1 13 3 1 1 3 4.3
TP-2 23 3 1 1 3 7.7
TP-3 15 3 1 1 3 5
TP-4 30 3 1 1 3 10
Average 20 - - - - 6.7

3.3 Shallow Boring Infiltration Testing
Shallow boring infiltration test were performed at southeast corner of the site, where below grade infiltration system may be considered. The infiltration tests were performed generally following the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Works Administrative Manual GS200.2 (LACPW, 2017) guidelines for boring percolation test, modified to a smaller diameter hand auger excavated boring, and consisted of steps as described below:
a. A 3.25-inch diameter hand auger excavation was advanced to a 5-foot depth. A general layout of the shallow boring infiltration test locations is shown in Figure 3 below.
b. A 1-inch diameter perforated pipe with capped bottom was placed in the center of the hole, and the remaining of the hole was backfilled with pea grave to prevent hole collapse.
c. Water was applied at the top of the perforated pipe and the hole presoaking was performed by filling up the hole to the top. The water would drain from the hole at a fast rate (minutes) if water inflow was stopped. Therefore, presoaking was performed by continue water inflow for 10 to 20 minutes.
d. A constant flow tests were performed at each hole over with several measurements of flow volume over 10 minutes, using a flow meter to record the total volume. e. The infiltration test results are summarized in Table 2 and the field infiltration test data are included in Attachment A.
f. After test completion, the perforated pipe was removed, and the open portion of the hole was backfilled with the excavated soils.

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 599
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 6 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

Table 2. Results of the shallow borehole infiltration tests Test Boring
ID
Field Infiltration
Rate (in/hr)
Reduction Factors
RF Design Infiltration
Rate (in/hr) RFT RF V RF S
TP-1 112 2 1 1 2 56
TP-2 101 2 1 1 2 50
TP-3 72 2 1 1 2 36

4. LABORATORY TESTING
Geotechnical laboratory soil testing was performed on selected soil samples. The results of the tests were used to classify and evaluate the engineering properties of the soils. The geotechnical laboratory testing program included:
 Particle-size distribution – ASTM D6913;
 R-value test – DOT CA Test 301
 Modified Proctor Compaction Test – ASTM D1557
Geotechnical Laboratory test results are summarized in Table 2 with complete results provided in Attachment B.

5. SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA
The Site is situated within a seismically active Southern California region and will likely experience moderate to severe ground shaking in response to a large magnitude earthquake occurring on a local or more distant active fault during the lifespan of the proposed facility. As a result, seismically induced ground shaking in response to an earthquake occurring on a nearby active fault is considered to be the major geologic hazard affecting the project.

The seismic design parameters for the project were established in accordance with ASCE 7-16, Chapter 11, for Site Class D. Mapped ground motion parameters S S and S1 were obtained using the ASCE 7 Hazard Tool (https://asce7hazardtool.online/). The output from the web tool is included in Appendix C. The seismic design parameters are summarized in Table 3. A default site class D, per s Section 11.4.3 of ASCE 7-16, was selected for the development of the seismic design parameters, based on our understanding of the local geologic setting.

Note that ASCE 7-16, Section 11.4.8, requires that sites classified as Site Class D with an S1 greater than or equal to 0.2 perform a site-specific ground motion hazard analysis. Although the Site meets the criteria for this requirement, a site-specific ground motion hazard analysis was not performed, which is permitted per Exception #2 in ASCE 7-16 Section 11.4.8. This exception states that a ground motion hazard analysis is not required provided that the value of the seismic response coefficient Cs DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 600
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 7 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

is determined by Eq. (12.8-2) for values of T ≤ 1.5Ts and taken as equal to 1.5 times the value computed in accordance with either Eq. (12.8-3) for TL ≥ T > 1.5Ts or Eq. (12.8-4) for T > TL. This approach to computation of the seismic response coefficient Cs, should be implemented by the structural engineer.

Table 3. Design Ground Motion Parameters
Parameter Value
Approximate Site Latitude 33.885877 degrees
Approximate Site Longitude -118.409272degrees
Site Class D (Default)
Mapped Short Period Spectral Response Acceleration, S s 1.908 g Mapped 1-second Spectral Response Acceleration, S 1 0.679 g Short Period Site coefficient (at 0.2-s period), F a 1.2 Long Period Site coefficient (at 1.0-s period), F v 1.7 (a) Site-modified Short Period Spectral Response Acceleration, S MS 2.289 g Site-modified 1-second Spectral Response Acceleration, S M1 1.154 g (a) Design Short Period Spectral Response Acceleration, S DS 1.526 g Design 1-second Spectral Response Acceleration, S D1 0.770 g (a) Long Period Transition 8 s
Mapped MCEG Peak Ground Acceleration, PGA 0.831 g
Site Coefficient, FPGA 1.2
Site Class Adjusted MCEG Peak Ground Acceleration, PGA M 0.997 g Notes:
a. See the commentary in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Section 11.4.8 “Exception note” 2.

6. PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS
The project considerations include the following pavement options:
 Asphalt Concrete (AC) Pavement over Aggregate Base
 Permeable Concrete Pavement over Washed Rock
 Permeable Asphalt Concrete Pavement over Washed Rock
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 601
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 8 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

6.1 Subgrade Preparation
Pavement sections should be placed on a prepared subgrade. The subgrade area has been disturbed by the completed demolition activities. We recommended that the upper two feet of the are be excavated and recompacted to 95-percent relative compaction using ASTM D1557 as the compaction standard. The target moisture content during compaction should be kept between optimum moisture content and optimum moisture content plus 4 percent. The bottom of the overexcavation should be scarified, moisture conditions, and compacted to provide a firm and unyielding surface for fill placement.

At the time of placement of base or pavement, subgrade soils should be firm and relatively unyielding and should be moisture conditioned at or above the optimum moisture content.

6.2 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement
The structural design of flexible AC pavement depends on anticipated traffic conditions, subgrade soils, and construction materials. Traffic index of 5.0 was used for design recommendations for parking area. Civil engineer should assess the planned use and finalize the determination of the design TI. For convenience, pavement design for traffic index of 6 is also provided.

The R-values of sample tested for the current investigation is 70. Individual R-value test results from these investigations are presented in Attachment B of this report. For design purposes the subgrade R-value was reduced to 50. The soils are uniform across the site and the single R-value test is considered appropriate for the site.

Table 4 provides flexible pavement structural sections. The sections assume 12 inches of properly prepared subgrade and the specified thickness of Class 2 aggregate base placed at a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent. The design assumes a pavement life of 20 years with normal maintenance.

AC should conform to the requirements of Section 39 of the 2020 Caltrans Standard Specifications.

The flexible pavement section should consist of asphalt concrete (as defined in Section 39 of the latest edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications) over Class 2 aggregate base (as defined in Section 26 of the latest edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications) over properly prepared subgrade. Asphalt and aggregate base should be compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent.

Adequate surface drainage should be provided to reduce ponding and infiltration of water into the subgrade and base materials. To the extent possible, irrigated or infiltration areas should be avoided next to pavements.

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 602
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 9 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

Table 4. Flexible Pavement Structural Sections
Traffic Index (a)
Pavement Structural Section (b,c)
Asphaltic Concrete (in.) Class 2 Aggregate Base (in.)
5 5 Not Required
6 6 Not Required
Notes:
a. These traffic index values should be confirmed by the project Traffic Engineer or Owner prior to final design. b. Structural section thickness assumes a design R-value of 60. c. These structural sections assume 12 inches of properly prepared subgrade compacted to a minimum 95 percent relative compaction.

6.3 Permeable Pavement
County of Los Angeles Department of Public Works Low Impact Development Ordinance allows that permeable pavement without an underdrain may be used to comply with the on-site retention requirements of the LID Ordinance for at least its tributary area. A minimum infiltration rate of 0.3 inches/hour is required for use of permeable pavement without an underdrain. As described earlier in this letter, the field measured infiltration rates significantly exceed the minimum required infiltration rate.

Pervious concrete is made from carefully controlled amounts of water and cement materials used to create a paste that forms a thick coat around aggregate particles. Unlike conventional concrete, the mixture contains little or no sand, which creates a substantial void content (between 15 and 25 percent). Porous asphalt, or “open-graded” asphalt, pavement contains no fine aggregate particles, which creates void spaces in the pavement and allows water to collect within and drain through the pavement.

Permeable pavement design shall follow the requirements of the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Works Low Impact Development Manual (LADWP, 2014). The surface pavement area should not be sloped at more than 10 percent. The key elements of the permeable pavement section include the top structural layer and the underlining filter and reservoir layers.

The top filter layer should consist of the 1 to 2 inches thick zone of 0.5-inch crushed rock, and the bottom filter layer should consist of 2 inches thick zone of 0.5-inch crushed rock. The reservoir layer, if required, should be located between the two filter layers and consist of 1.5- to 3-inch crushed rock.

The reservoir layer may not be required at this site considering high infiltration rate of the subgrade.

The entire area where permeable pavement will be used must be lined with a nonwoven geotextile liner to prevent soil from migrating into the crushed rock layer.

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 603
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 10 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

Caltrans Pervious Pavement Design Guidelines (Caltrans, 2023) provides recommendations for the structural section design. For the permeable asphalt pavement, Caltrans (2023) recommends pavement thickness of asphalt treated permeable based (ATPB) be calculated according to the conventional flexible pavement design, which was discussed previously in Section 6.2. The ATPB layer should be topped with a 0.1-foot-thick layer of Open Graded Friction Course (OGFC). For previous concrete pavement Caltrans (2024) recommends concrete layer thickness of 0.5 feet for Category B areas (which includes parking areas).

7. LIGHT POLE FOUNDATIONS
Light poles of about 20-foot height are expected to be installed in the parking lot area. The light poles are likely going to be solar powered, which includes an installation of the solar panel and battery pack at the top of the light pole. Light pole foundations are expected to be drilled shafts.

Axial capacity of foundation is not a significant design consideration considering the relatively low weight of the light poles and very competent subsurface materials.

The 2022 California Building Code was used to determine the minimum embedment depth of a shaft (Section 1807.3) for a lateral load. The lowest presumptive load-bearing values (CBC 2022, Table 1806.2) for lateral bearing pressure of 150 psf/ft shall be used, applicable for clean sands.

Section 1806.3.4 of the CBC allows for an increase in lateral bearing pressures up to twice the tabular values for supports that are not adversely affected by a 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) motion at the ground surface due to short-term lateral loads. Hence for short-term load, a lateral bearing pressure of 300 psf/ft can be used.

8. FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATION FOR PARKING KIOSK
Small parking kiosk are expected to be installed as part of the site improvements. Kiosk will be founded on small shallow footings. Allowable bearing capacity of 1500 psf can be used for kiosk design, for a minimum footing dimension of 18 inches and minimum footing embedment of 6 inches.

One-third increase on the allowable values can be applied for short term loading.

Resistance to lateral loads can be calculated using an allowable sliding coefficient of 0.45 for the footing cast directly against the ground or 0.3 for a smooth precast footing.

9. SMALL GRADE SEPARATION WALLS
Grade separation walls of up to few feet may be required as part of the project improvements. For walls less than 3 feet in exposed height, the unrestrained retaining walls may be designed with an equivalent fluid pressure loading of 30 pound per cubic foot (pcf). Typical surcharge loading of 80 psf uniform horizontal load can be assumed to account for typical parking area vehicular load.

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 604
Parking Lot 3, Manhattan Beach, CA
December 19, 2024

Page 11 ends

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx
Foundation recommendations provided for the parking kiosk can be utilized for the small foundations. Passive resistance can be calculate using equivalent fluid pressure loading of 300 pcf.

Walls should be backfilled with native clean sands and weep holes should be provided in the walls to prevent hydrostatic pressure build up.

10. LIMITATIONS
The letter report and other materials resulting from Geosyntec’s related effort have been developed for the proposed Parking Lot 3 improvements are not intended to be suitable for reuse on any project Site other than the currently proposed development area as it may not contain sufficient or appropriate information for such uses. If this letter report or portions of this letter report are provided to contractors or included in specifications, it should be understood that they are provided for informational purposes only.

Soil deposits may vary in type, strength, and many other important properties between points of exploration due to non-uniformity of the geologic formations or to man-made cut and fill operations.

While Geosyntec cannot evaluate the consistency of the properties of materials in areas not explored, the information presented in this letter report assumes that the data obtained through the desktop study are reasonably representative of field conditions and conducive to interpolation and extrapolation.

The exploration and evaluations were performed using generally accepted engineering approaches and principles available at this time and the degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised under similar circumstances by reputable Geotechnical Engineers practicing in this area. No other representation, either expressed or implied, is included or intended in our report.

11. CLOSURE
Geosyntec appreciates the opportunity to work on this project. Please contact the undersigned at (714) 969-0800 if you have any questions or comments or if you need additional information.

Sincerely,
Ravi Prakash, Ph.D.

Senior Staff Professional
Jerko Kocijan, Ph.D., P.E., G.E.

Principal Engineer
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 605

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

ATTACHMENT A
Infiltration Test Data
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 606

Test Pit Infiltration Field Log

Reading
No.

Elapsed Time
Δt (mins)
Flow Volume
during the elapsed
time Δt (Gallons)
Flow Rate
(in3/hr)
Wetted Surface
Area (in2)
Infiltration Rate
for Reading (in/hr)
1 10 7 9702 720 13
2 10 7 9702 720 13
3 10 7 9702 720 13

Project Name: Parking Lot 3
Test Location: Manhattan Beach, CA
Soil Description: Clean Sand
Test Conducted by: RP, WM

Test Date: 12/06/2024
Test Number: TP-1

Date of Test Pit Constructed: 12/06/2024

Duration time for Presoak: 30 mins

Test Pit Length: 1 ft
Test Pit Width: 1 ft
Test Pit Depth: 1 ft
Depth to top of Test Pit: On ground

Constant Head or Falling Head? : Constant Head
Water Level: 1ft

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 607

Test Pit Infiltration Field Log

Reading
No.

Elapsed Time
Δt (mins)
Flow Volume
during the elapsed
time Δt (Gallons)
Flow Rate
(in3/hr)
Wetted Surface
Area (in2)
Infiltration Rate
for Reading (in/hr)
1 10 12 16632 720 23
2 10 12 16632 720 23
3 10 12 16632 720 23

Project Name: Parking Lot 3
Test Location: Manhattan Beach, CA
Soil Description: Clean Sand
Test Conducted by: RP, WM

Test Date: 12/06/2024
Test Number: TP-2

Date of Test Pit Constructed: 12/06/2024

Duration time for Presoak: 30 mins

Test Pit Length: 1 ft
Test Pit Width: 1 ft
Test Pit Depth: 1 ft
Depth to top of Test Pit: On ground

Constant Head or Falling Head? : Constant Head
Water Level: 1ft

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 608

Test Pit Infiltration Field Log

Reading
No.

Elapsed Time
Δt (mins)
Flow Volume
during the elapsed
time Δt (Gallons)
Flow Rate
(in3/hr)
Wetted Surface
Area (in2)
Infiltration Rate
for Reading (in/hr)
1 10 8 11088 720 15
2 10 8 11088 720 15
3 10 8 11088 720 15

Project Name: Parking Lot 3
Test Location: Manhattan Beach, CA
Soil Description: Clean Sand
Test Conducted by: RP, WM

Test Date: 12/06/2024
Test Number: TP-3

Date of Test Pit Constructed: 12/06/2024

Duration time for Presoak: 30 mins

Test Pit Length: 1 ft
Test Pit Width: 1 ft
Test Pit Depth: 1 ft
Depth to top of Test Pit: On ground

Constant Head or Falling Head? : Constant Head
Water Level: 1ft

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 609

Test Pit Infiltration Field Log

Reading
No.

Elapsed Time
Δt (mins)
Flow Volume
during the elapsed
time Δt (Gallons)
Flow Rate
(in3/hr)
Wetted Surface
Area (in2)
Infiltration Rate
for Reading (in/hr)
1 10 15.5 21483 720 30
2 10 15.5 21483 720 30
3 10 15.5 21483 720 30

Constant Head or Falling Head? : Constant Head
Water Level: 1ft

Project Name: Parking Lot 3
Test Location: Manhattan Beach, CA
Soil Description: Clean Sand
Test Conducted by: RP, WM

Test Date: 12/06/2024
Test Number: TP-4

Date of Test Pit Constructed: 12/06/2024

Duration time for Presoak: 30 mins

Test Pit Length: 1 ft
Test Pit Width: 1 ft
Test Pit Depth: 1 ft
Depth to top of Test Pit: On ground

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 610

Shallow Boring Infiltration Field Log

Reading
No.

Elapsed Time
Δt (mins)
Flow Volume
during the elapsed
time Δt (Gallons)
Flow Rate
(in3/hr)
Wetted Surface
Area (in2)
Infiltration Rate
for Reading (in/hr)
1 10 52 72072 645 112
2 10 52 72072 645 112
3 10 52 72072 645 112

Project Name: Parking Lot 3
Test Location: Manhattan Beach, CA
Soil Description: Clean Sand
Test Conducted by: RP, WM

Test Date: 12/06/2024
Test Number: HA-4

Date of Boring Constructed: 12/06/2024

Duration time for Presoak: 30 mins

Boring Diameter: 3.25 in
Boring Depth: 5 ft

Constant Head or Falling Head? : Constant Head
Water Level: 5 ft

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 611

Shallow Boring Infiltration Field Log

Reading
No.

Elapsed Time
Δt (mins)
Flow Volume
during the elapsed
time Δt (Gallons)
Flow Rate
(in3/hr)
Wetted Surface
Area (in2)
Infiltration Rate
for Reading (in/hr)
1 10 47 65142 645 101
2 10 47 65142 645 101
3 10 47 65142 645 101

Project Name: Parking Lot 3
Test Location: Manhattan Beach, CA
Soil Description: Clean Sand
Test Conducted by: RP, WM

Test Date: 12/06/2024
Test Number: HA-5

Date of Boring Constructed: 12/06/2024

Duration time for Presoak: 30 mins

Boring Diameter: 3.25 in
Boring Depth: 5 ft

Constant Head or Falling Head? : Constant Head
Water Level: 5 ft

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 612

Shallow Boring Infiltration Field Log

Reading
No.

Elapsed Time
Δt (mins)
Flow Volume
during the elapsed
time Δt (Gallons)
Flow Rate
(in3/hr)
Wetted Surface
Area (in2)
Infiltration Rate
for Reading (in/hr)
1 10 24 33264 462 72
2 10 24 33264 462 72

Project Name: Parking Lot 3
Test Location: Manhattan Beach, CA
Soil Description: Clean Sand
Test Conducted by: RP, WM

Test Date: 12/06/2024
Test Number: HA-5

Date of Boring Constructed: 12/06/2024

Duration time for Presoak: 30 mins

Boring Diameter: 3.25 in
Boring Depth: 5 ft

Constant Head or Falling Head? : Constant Head
Water Level: 3.5 ft

DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 613

PNR0680A-001A/DRAFT_GST8093.docx

ATTACHMENT B
Geotechnical Laboratory Test Results
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 614
Project Name: Tested By: A. Santos Date: 12/16/24
Project No.: GST8093 Checked By: J. Ward Date: 12/19/24 Boring No.: P-3 Depth (feet): 0-2
Sample No.: Bulk
Soil Identification: Brown poorly-graded sand (SP)
Whole Sample Sample Passing
#4 Whole Sample Sample
passing #4
Z-1 XP Wt. of Air-Dry Soil + Cont.(g) 0.0 0.0
2122.6 725.0 Wt. of Dry Soil + Cont. (g) 0.0 0.0
241.6 201.2 Wt. of Container No._____(g) 1.0 1.0
1881.0 523.8 Moisture Content (%) 0.0 0.0
XP
708.1
201.2
506.9
(mm.)
3"
1 1/2"
1"
3/4"
1/2"
3/8"
#4
#8
#16
#30
#50
#100
#200
GRAVEL:
4 %
SAND: 93 %
FINES: 3 %
GROUP SYMBOL: SP 2.41

1.12 Remarks:

Parking Lot 3

25.0 491.1

12.5 19.2

0.150

0.075

48.5 506.3

0.300

4.1 PAN

4.75 2.36

1.18 0.600

10.0 80.1

39.5 Percent Passing
(%)
Dry Wt. of Soil Retained on # 200 Sieve (g)
339.6
Wt. Air-Dried Soil + Cont.(g)
Sample Passing #4
Passing #4 Material After Wet Sieve
Wt. of Container (g)
Container No.

Dry Wt. of Soil (g)
Whole Sample
Wt. of Dry Soil + Container (g)

95.7 Cumulative Weight of Dry Soil Retained (g)U. S. Sieve Size

75.0 19.0 0.0

37.5 Moisture ContentsCalculation of Dry Weights

95.0 3.2
100.0

6.0 93.9

88.5 Cu = D60/D10 =
Cc = (D30)²/(D60*D10) =
Container No.:

99.0 97.49.5

PARTICLE-SIZE DISTRIBUTION (GRADATION)
of SOILS USING SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D6913
Wt. of Container (g)

33.7 DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 615
GST8093Project No.:

Parking Lot 3Project Name:
4 : 93 : Dec-24
Boring No.:

Depth (feet): 0-2 Soil Type :

PARTICLE - SIZE

DISTRIBUTION
ASTM D 6913
Soil Identification: Brown poorly-graded sand (SP)
SP
GR:SA:FI : (%) 3
P-3 Sample No.: Bulk
SAND

SILT FINE

HYDROMETER

3.0" 1 1/2" 3/4" 3/8" #4 #8 #16 #30 #50 #100 #200 U.S. STANDARD SIEVE OPENING U.S. STANDARD SIEVE NUMBER

GRAVEL FINES

FINE CLAY COARSE COARSE MEDIUM
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100

0.0010.0100.1001.00010.000100.000

PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT
PARTICLE - SIZE (mm)
"
SA P-3, Bulk @ 0-2
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 616 Project Name: Tested By: A. Santos Date: 12/16/24
Project No.: GST8093 Checked By: J. Ward Date: 12/19/24 Boring No.: P-4 Depth (feet): 0-2
Sample No.: Bulk
Soil Identification: Brown poorly-graded sand (SP)
Whole Sample Sample Passing
#4 Whole Sample Sample
passing #4
S15 PHD Wt. of Air-Dry Soil + Cont.(g) 0.0 0.0
1910.0 722.0 Wt. of Dry Soil + Cont. (g) 0.0 0.0
225.8 214.7 Wt. of Container No._____(g) 1.0 1.0
1684.2 507.3 Moisture Content (%) 0.0 0.0
PHD
702.2
214.7
487.5
(mm.)
3"
1 1/2"
1"
3/4"
1/2"
3/8"
#4
#8
#16
#30
#50
#100
#200
GRAVEL:
3 %
SAND: 93 %
FINES: 4 %
GROUP SYMBOL: SP 2.50

1.06 Remarks:

Parking Lot 3

25.0 469.0

12.5 5.5

0.150

0.075

30.3 486.3

0.300

3.0 PAN

4.75 2.36

1.18 0.600

7.7 53.1

34.1 Percent Passing
(%)
Dry Wt. of Soil Retained on # 200 Sieve (g)
311.8
Wt. Air-Dried Soil + Cont.(g)
Sample Passing #4
Passing #4 Material After Wet Sieve
Wt. of Container (g)
Container No.

Dry Wt. of Soil (g)
Whole Sample
Wt. of Dry Soil + Container (g)

96.8 Cumulative Weight of Dry Soil Retained (g)U. S. Sieve Size

75.0 19.0 0.0

37.5 Moisture ContentsCalculation of Dry Weights

96.2 4.0
100.0

7.3 95.3

90.3 Cu = D60/D10 =
Cc = (D30)²/(D60*D10) =
Container No.:

99.7 98.29.5

PARTICLE-SIZE DISTRIBUTION (GRADATION)
of SOILS USING SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D6913
Wt. of Container (g)

37.3 DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 617
GST8093Project No.:

Parking Lot 3Project Name:
3 : 93 : Dec-24
Boring No.:

Depth (feet): 0-2 Soil Type :

PARTICLE - SIZE

DISTRIBUTION
ASTM D 6913
Soil Identification: Brown poorly-graded sand (SP)
SP
GR:SA:FI : (%) 4
P-4 Sample No.: Bulk
SAND

SILT FINE

HYDROMETER

3.0" 1 1/2" 3/4" 3/8" #4 #8 #16 #30 #50 #100 #200 U.S. STANDARD SIEVE OPENING U.S. STANDARD SIEVE NUMBER

GRAVEL FINES

FINE CLAY COARSE COARSE MEDIUM
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100

0.0010.0100.1001.00010.000100.000

PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT
PARTICLE - SIZE (mm)
"
SA P-4, Bulk @ 0-2
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 618 Tested By: E. Perez Date: 12/16/24
GST8093 Checked By: J. Ward Date: 12/19/24
P-5 Depth (ft.): 0-2
X Moist Rammer Weight (lb.) = 10.0
Dry #3/4 Height of Drop (in.) = 18.0
X #3/8
#4 4.9 0.03320
1 2 3 4 5 6
3440 3498 3521
1780 1780 1780
1660 1718 1741
921.7 830.4 931.7
885.8 781.8 855.9

89.0 88.0 87.6

4.51 7.00 9.87
110.2 114.1 115.6
105.5 106.6 105.2
106.6 7.1
108.6 6.8
X Procedure A
Soil Passing No. 4 (4.75 mm) Sieve
Mold : 4 in. (101.6 mm) diameter
Layers : 5 (Five)
Blows per layer : 25 (twenty-five)
May be used if +#4 is 20% or less
Procedure B
Soil Passing 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) Sieve
Mold : 4 in. (101.6 mm) diameter
Layers : 5 (Five)
Blows per layer : 25 (twenty-five)
Use if +#4 is >20% and +3/8 in. is
20% or less
Procedure C
Soil Passing 3/4 in. (19.0 mm) Sieve
Mold : 6 in. (152.4 mm) diameter
Layers : 5 (Five)
Blows per layer : 56 (fifty-six)
Use if +3/8 in. is >20% and +¾ in.
is <30%
Particle-Size Distribution:

GR:SA:FI
Atterberg Limits:

LL,PL,PI
Sample No.:

Dark yellowish brown poorly-graded sand (SP)
Scalp Fraction (%)
Maximum Dry Density (pcf)
Note: Corrected dry density calculation assumes specific gravity of 2.70 and moisture content of 1.0% for oversize particles
Corrected Dry Density (pcf)
Preparation
Method:

Dry Density (pcf)
Mechanical Ram
Net Weight of Soil (g)
Wet Density (pcf)
Moisture Content (%)
Wet Weight of Soil + Cont. (g)
Optimum Moisture Content (%)
Corrected Moisture Content (%)
Mold Volume (ft³)
TEST NO.

Weight of Container (g)
Manual Ram
Dry Weight of Soil + Cont. (g)
Compaction
Method

MODIFIED PROCTOR COMPACTION TEST
ASTM D 1557
Weight of Mold (g)
Parking Lot 3
Wt. Compacted Soil + Mold (g)
Bulk
Soil Identification:

Project Name:

Project No.:

Boring No.:

95.0 100.0
105.0
110.0
115.0

0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0

20.0 Dry Density (pcf)
Moisture Content (%)
SP. GR. = 2.05
SP. GR. = 2.10
SP. GR. = 2.15
MX P-5, Bulk @ 0-2
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 619
PROJECT NAME: PROJECT NUMBER: GST8093
BORING NUMBER: P-2 DEPTH (FT.): 0-2
SAMPLE NUMBER: Bulk TECHNICIAN: O. Figueroa
SAMPLE DESCRIPTION: Light brown poorly-graded sand (SP) DATE COMPLETED: 12/17/24 TEST SPECIMEN a b c
MOISTURE AT COMPACTION % 11.8 12.2 12.6
HEIGHT OF SAMPLE, Inches 2.48 2.49 2.48
DRY DENSITY, pcf 110.4 107.4 109.4
COMPACTOR PRESSURE, psi 175 150 140
EXUDATION PRESSURE, psi 625 305 115
EXPANSION, Inches x 10exp-4 0 0 0
STABILITY Ph 2,000 lbs (160 psi) 25 28 31
TURNS DISPLACEMENT 4.80 5.00 5.30
R-VALUE UNCORRECTED 74 70 66
R-VALUE CORRECTED 74 70 66
DESIGN CALCULATION DATA a b c
GRAVEL EQUIVALENT FACTOR 1.0 1.0 1.0
TRAFFIC INDEX 5.0 5.0 5.0
STABILOMETER THICKNESS, ft. 0.42 0.48 0.54
EXPANSION PRESSURE THICKNESS, ft. 0.00 0.00 0.00

EXPANSION PRESSURE CHART EXUDATION PRESSURE CHART
R-VALUE BY EXPANSION: N/A
R-VALUE BY EXUDATION: 70
EQUILIBRIUM R-VALUE: 70

R-VALUE TEST RESULTS
DOT CA Test 301
Parking Lot 3

0.00 0.50

1.00 1.50

2.00 2.50

3.00 3.50

4.00 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00
COVER THICKNESS BY STABILOMETER in feet
COVER THICKNESS BY EXPANSION in feet
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
0100200300400500600700800

R-VALUE
EXUDATION PRESSURE (psi)
DRAFT
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 620
12100-0001\2654178v1.doc
City of MB Form

APPENDIX VI

SOLAR LIGHT INSTALLATION MANUAL

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 621

SOLAR STREET LIGHT

INSTALLATION MANUAL
Brighta series light system
(single head, one battery on the pole, 1 solar panel system)

Greenshine New Energy
23661 Birtcher Dr, Lake Forest,CA 92630, USA
Tel: 1-949-609-9636
Fax:1-949-812-6690
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.streetlights-solar.com
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 622

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 2 -

CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................... ...........................................  ‐ 3 ‐

1.  COMPONENTS LIST .............................................................................................................................................................. ‐ 3 ‐

2.  TOOLS NEEDED  ............................................................................................................................................................... ‐ 3 ‐

3.  STORAGE TIPS AND OPERATING ENVIRONMENT  .................................................................................................................. ‐ 4 ‐

4.  IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS  ........................................................................................................................ ‐ 4 ‐ INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS  .................................................................................................... .........................................  ‐ 5 ‐

1.  INSTALLATION SITE SELECTION........................................................................................................................................... ‐ 5 ‐

2.  FOUNDATION PREPARATION  ........................................................................................................................................... ‐ 6 ‐

3.  BEFORE INSTALLATION  ........................................................................................................................................................ ‐ 7 ‐

4.  SYSTEM ASSEMBLY  .............................................................................................................................................................. ‐ 8 ‐

5.  POLE HOISTING ................................................................................................................................................................ ‐ 15 ‐

6.  ELECTRICAL CONNECTION  ......................................................................................................................................................... ‐ 17 ‐ MAINTENANCE  .................................................................................................................. ................................................  ‐ 18 ‐ DISCLAIMER ................................................................................................................... ...................................................  ‐ 18 ‐ APPENDIX 1 CONCRETE FOUNDATION DRAWING  ....................................................................................... ........................  ‐ 19 ‐ APPENDIX 2 WAGO CONNECTOR INTRUCTION MANUAL  .................................................................................. ..................  ‐ 20 ‐ APPENDIX 3 CONTROLLER CONNECTION DIAGRAM ..................................................................................... ......................  ‐ 21 ‐

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 623

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 3 -

GENERAL INFORMATION
Thank you for selecting Greenshine’s solar light and your contribution to the environment!

This installation manual is provided to assist your installer. Installation and/or troubleshooting should be performed by qual ified installer only. Although Greenshine solar light is very easy to install, this manual should be thoroughly reviewed and underst ood prior to installation. The use of this manual and the condition s or methods of installation, o peration, use and maintenance of the equipment are beyond the control of Greenshine Ne w Energy. GNE will not assume any responsibility and expressly disclaims liability for loss, damage, or e xpense arising from, or any way connected with, such installation, operation, use, or maintena nce.

Any use of this equipment for purposes other than those intended will void all warranties.

Please check all components before installation and if you encounter any problems before or during installation, please contact:
[email protected]

1. COMPONENTS LIST
Components Description Quantity
Pole Material: Hot-dip galvanized & powder coating finished steel Height: 20’ 1
Solar Panel Mono/poly-crystalline, conversion efficiency: 13-15% 12V 150W 1
Storage Battery Gel cell deep cycle battery
12V 120Ah 1
Controller Smart solar charge controller
12V 10A, IP68 water proof grade 1
LED Driver Avaiable 350mA,525mA,700mA,950mA output current 1 Light Fixture CREE LEDs, material: Die-casting aluminum, GS-LED-290 30W 1 Storage Battery Box Stainless steel enclosure for “on the pole” mounting 1 Foundation Kit Anchor bolts, templates and nuts 1
Other Accessories Cables, fasteners such as bolts and nuts

2. TOOLS NEEDED
Name Application
Tape measure Measuring the pol e distance, cable and so on Adjustable wrench Screwing fasteners on solar panel & bracket, battery box, etc.

Excavator Digging foundation pit
Concrete mixing machine Mixing concrete
Wheelbarrow Transferring concrete material
Level Measuring the surface of foundation concrete
Multi-meter Measuring the voltage , current of the lighting system Wire stripper Stripping wires
Waterproof tape Insulating the wire connections
Steel wire (Dia. 1-2mm) Guiding th e cable through lamp arms and poles, etc.

Flat blade screwdrivers Screw ing fasteners for battery box Phillips head screwdrivers Screw ing fasteners for battery box Allen wrench Screwing fasteners for light fixtures
Hammer Cleaning the concrete o n the foundation template Chisel Cleaning the concrete on the foundation template - REFER TO PROJECT PLANS FOR PORTABLE

CONCRETE PEDESTAL TYPE INSTALLATION
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 624

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 4 - Compass Measuring the right direction to point the solar panel Socket wrench Screwing fasteners for lamp arm, mounting bracket s and foundation kit Nylon cable tie Tying the cables
Truck crane Hoisting the pole
Shovel Backfilling the battery box
Light meter Measuring illuminance

3. STORAGE TIPS AND OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
- Storage Tips
- Keep the all the components well packaged during storage - Store in a well-ventilated area and keep the components away from dust and dirt - Storage temperature: -4°F to 140°F
- Relative Humidity: less than 90%, without condensation - Keep the goods away from corrosive gases and liquids
- Keep the batteries in a horizontal position
- IMPORTANT: For long-term storage, batteries should be charged every 3-4 months. Warranty on the batteries will be void, if the system is not installed within 6 months from the date of purchase - Operating Environment
- Operating temperature: 5°F to 122°F
- Humidity Range: 0 - 90%

4. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
This manual contains important instructions that should be followed during installation and maintenance Installation and maintenance must be carried out by qualified technicians Smoking and fires are strictly prohibited at the installation site. Lead acid batteries will generate small volume of hydrogen which may cause explosion
NEVER short connect the batteries or the solar panels, that will cause irremediable damages to the components.

Once the batteries are connected to the system, please operate carefully Handle each component with great care during the installation, especially the solar panels (Tempered-glass) and light fixtures
Be very careful of the finished surfaces of the pole, lamp arm, brackets and light fixture during installation Installation during rainy days is not recommended

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 625

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 5 -

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1. INSTALLATION SITE SELECTION
- Choose a site with sufficient sunshine during the day time. - Make sure the site is free from high trees or buildings that will shade the solar panels during the day. - There should be no direct light source above the solar panel, or its day/night sensor may not work properly. - The solar street light should be installed away from any heating source. - The pole must be installed on sufficient solid ground. Please let us know beforehand if it has to be installed in sandy soil or some other atypical soil.
- If the pole has to be installed close to bodies of water, please make sure the batteries will remain above the water line.

IMPROPER POSITION

PROPER POSITION

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 626

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 6 -

2. FOUNDATION PREPARATION
A. The foundations should be built by a qualified contractor. The size and design of the foundations in the drawing is a general guideline only. Please consult with a local civil engin eer before building the foundations. Please consult with local agencies regarding local soil conditions and the type of concrete to use.

B. It is recommend to wait at least 7 days for the concrete to dry up.

C. The PVC tube must be installed within the foundation. The batte ry wires will be pulled through the tube during installation.

D. Use the provided foundation template to accurately postion the anchor bolts.

E. Make sure the anchor bolts are plumbed vertically.

F. Use a hand level to make sure the surface of the foundations is smooth and flat.

G. Make sure the threads on the bolts are fully exposed and not more than 0.5” above the concrete.

H. Please use the drawings below as a reference to construct the foundations:

 After pouring the concrete, have proper disposals with the foundation shape and surface on the t op must be smooth and level, which ensures the pole be installed vertically on the foundation. A hand level will help you for that part.

0.5” >
The thread is more than 0.5”
above the foundations

The thread is not fully
exposed

- REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR PORTABLE

CONCRETE PEDESTAL TYPE INSTALLATION
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 627

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 7 -

3. Before installation
As many users have no experience in solar lighting products, it is recommended to study the electrical diagram before proceeding to the installation.

Note
 The positive cable from the solar panel, the batteries, the lam p fixture are all connected t o one RED COLOR cable from the controller
 Use terminal blocks to connect fixture extension cable to LED driver/lamp fixture  Connect parts in following steps:

1. Connect lamp fixture to LED driver

2. Connect LED driver to controller

3. Connect battery to controller

4. Connect solar panel to controller

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 628

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 8 -

4. SYSTEM ASSEMBLY
a) Lean the pole on a rack or any type of support for an easy asse mbly of the system. Please leave enough space from the ground to the pole for the arm that will connect to the fixture.

b) Installation of the Fixture

1. Pulling the cables through the pole and arm:
a. Pull the cables for the solar panels and the cables for the fixtures through the pole all the way to the hand hole.

b. Pull the cable to connect the fixture through the arm, and fix the arm to the pole using bolts and nuts.

2. Pull the fixture cable through the hole of the fixture’s arm (A) Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 629

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 9 -

3. Connect the extension cable with the LED fixture.

4. Slide the fixture onto the arm.

5. Level the fixture and tighten the mounting bolts.

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 630

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 10 - c) Installation of the solar panel and brackets

1. Assemble the mounting brackets together and fix them with bolts and nuts

(B)
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 631

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 11 -

2. Adjust the elevation angle to the adequate inclination degree u sing the bolts indicated in red on the follow- ing drawing. The inclination angle is provided on the quotation from Greenshine, if not please contact Greenshine New Energy.

3. Fix the angle frame on to the bracket and fasten the bolts

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 632

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 12 -

4. Lay on the ground the solar panels with the blue/black side fac ing the ground. (please protect the area be- fore putting them on the ground)

5. Pull the solar panel cables through the assembly you have just completed in step 5, while laying down the assembly on the solar panels.

6. Fix the mounting bracket to the solar panels using bolts and nuts.

7. C o n n e c t t h e c a b l e s f r o m t h e s o l a r p a n e l s t o t h e c a b l e s c o m i n g from the pole, make sure the waterproof connectors are well connected.

8. Use a multimeter to test the voltage of the panels. Please cond uct the testing during daytime. The voltage output of the panel should be around 20V (or 40V if there are 2 panels). If the output is 0V , please dou- ble-check the connections (Contact Greenshine New energy if the problem persists)

9. Slide in the solar panel bracket on the pole.

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 633

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 13 -

10. Adjust the panel direction so it will face the equator once the pole is installed on its foundation.

11. Secure the solar panel bracket with 6 bolts so that the panel can’t move (the bolts do not penetrate the pole). .

12. Find the 4 gauge holes on top of the pole. Each hole is 0.5”.

13. Use one of the 4 pre-drilled holes on the pole to secure the attachment of the solar panel assembly to the top of the pole, use the (D) bolt. If none of the 4 pre-drilled hol es matches a final orientation of the solar panels towards the equator, please drill a different hole to secure th e attachment of the solar panel assembly to the pole. Please be careful not to damage the thread on the panel brackets for the (D) bolt.

(D)
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 634

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 14 - d) Battery installation

Proceed to the installation of t he battery box before hoisting the pole on its foundation. The controller connection and battery installation will be performed once the pole has been installed and firmly anchored on its foundation.

1-Pull all the cables through the hole on the pole before mounting the battery box on the pole

3-Pull all the cables through the hole on the battery box 4-Mount the stainless steel enclosure onto the pole with U bolts. 5-Fix charge controller and LED driver onto the aluminum plate and then fix it onto the rear side of the access door.

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 635

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 15 -

5. POLE HOISTING

1. Fix the hex nuts (leveling nuts) and flat washers onto the anchor bolts.

2. Two hex nuts and two flat washers for each anchor bolt

3. Use a crane to lift the pole and put it on its foundation, then fix the pole to its foundation with a hex nut and a flat washer.

4. Use a hand level to adjust the height of the four leveling nuts and make sure the pole is straight. Use a torque wrench to lock all the nuts.

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 636

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 16 -

The leveling nuts must be as close as possible to the foundations.

5- Simulating night time
Disconnect the solar panel cables to simulate night time. The LED fixture should turn ON after 2-5 minutes, if the fixture does not turn ON please contact Greenshine New Energy for support - After testing, please reconnect the solar panel cables to the controller, the light fixture will turn OFF after 2-5 minutes

Below 0.5”
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 637

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 17 -

6. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Controller connection (Refer to detailed connection diagram in Appendix 3) 1- Fix LED driver and controller onto the aluminum
plate. Place it into the battery box
2- Connect the LED driver input cables to the con-
troller

Note
 Be careful with the LED driver polarity
 Be careful with the connection, avoid short circuit!
3- Connect the LED driver output side to the fixture
extension cable.

Note
 Be careful with the lamp fixture polarity
 Be careful with the connection, avoid short circuit!
4- Connect the battery cables to the controller

Note
 After several seconds, the green indicator on the
controller will be constant
 Be careful with the connection, avoid short circuit!
5- Simulating night time
 Without connecting the solar panel cables, the LED
fixture should turn ON after 2-5 minutes, if the fixture does not turn ON please contact Greenshine New Energy
for support
6- Connect the solar panel cables to the controller

Note
 If the solar panel is exposed to strong day light, after 2-5 minutes, the lamp fixture will turn off automatically.
 Be careful with the connection, avoid short circuit!

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 638

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 18 -

MAINTENANCE
Greenshine’s solar street lights are designed to be essentially maintenance free. However, in certain regions with extreme conditions, some level of maintenance is required to ensure the proper function of the lights. These regions are typically whe re there is a risk of dust, snow, or ice covering the solar panels and thus reducing the power of the lights. In regions with fre quent rain, the tilt angle of the solar panels allow for self-cleanin g of dust. However, in places where rain is infrequent, periodic manual cleaning of the panels may be required.

Before the maintenance work, the solar system parts should be disconnected using the following sequence Disassembly sequence of the solar system components:
 Disconnect the LED driver from the controller
 Disconnect the solar panel from the controller
 Disconnect the battery from the controller

After the maintenance work is done, the solar system components should be re-connected using the following sequence Assembly sequence of the solar system components
 Connect LED driver to controller
 Connect batteries to controller
 Connect solar panels to controller

Typical maintenance schedule:
 Every Week: Inspection of street lights to ensure all the ligh ts are working. If there are lights which are not lit, per- form analysis to find causes and conduct repairs.

 Every 2 Month: Inspect street light panels and clean them whic h are covered with dust or sand. Use clean water to clean the solar panel from the top to the bottom with soft cleaning cloth.

 Every 5-7 Years: Replace the sola r street light batteries if t he voltages drop below normal levels. The battery has an expect life of 5-7 years.

Note
 Do not use components from other suppliers for replacement with out our approval, as this may cause damage to the lighting system.
 Use a piece of cloth deepened into water to clean the solar panel.  Do not let the solar panels disc onnected from the system under the sun for more than 3 days. That will severely damage them, especially if the solar radiation is strong.
 Avoid short circuiting or damage of solar system parts during maintenance

DISCLAIMER
By installing or using any Greenshine product in any way for an y purpose, you (the customer) do so at entirely at your own ris k.

Greenshine and its owners are not responsible for any damages c aused by using or installing our products be it personal injury , damage of property, prosecution (from a result of using our pro ducts), legal fees or loss of earnings whether the Greenshine product was fitted correctly as per this ‘installation guide’ or not.

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 639

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 19 - APPENDIX 1 CONCRETE FOUNDATION DRAWING

Notes:
- The battery box and the PVC tubing are only installed when the battery box is buried underground. - Size of the concrete foundation is only given as an indication, and should be approved by a local engineer accord- ing to the local soil conditions.
- REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR PORTABLE

CONCRETE PEDESTAL TYPE INSTALLATION
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 640

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 20 - APPENDIX 2 WAGO CONNECTOR INTRUCTION MANUAL

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 641

GREENSHINE NEW ENERGY

ENJOY COST EFFECTIVE NATURAL ENERGY
www.streetlights-solar.com - 21 - APPENDIX 3 CONTROLLER CONNECTION DIAGRAM

-&%JOEJDBUPS 4UBUVT 'VODUJPO
O $POUSPMMFSDPOOFDUFEUP UIFCBUUFSZ
OJHIUUJNF
EFUFDUFE
'MBTI $POUSPMMFSDPOOFDUFE UPUIFCBUUFSZ
EBZUJNF
EFUFDUFE
0GG /PCBUUFSZDPOOFDUFE

0O -PBEMPXIJHIWPMUBHFEJTDPOOFDU -7%)7%

'MBTI -PBEPWFSDV SSFOUQSPUFDUJPO
0GG -PBE0,
0O %JNNJOHCFDBVTFPG-7%)7%
0GG 5JNFDPOUSPMMFEEJNNJOH
All LED (SFFO3FE(SFFO 1SPHSBNNJOH

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 642
12100-0001\2654178v1.doc
City of MB Form

APPENDIX VII

PAY STATION INSTALLATION MANUAL

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 643

IPS Group Inc, all rights reserved © 2021 Page 1 of 6

MS1/MS3 Installation/ MS1/MS3 Removal
Published 20 August 2021

Completed by
Martin Plaisance
[email protected]

Note: This document is provided for information purposes only and the contents hereof are subject to change without notice. IPS Group Inc. does not warrant that this document is error free, nor does it prov ide any other warranties or conditions, whether expressed orally or implied in law, including implied warranties and conditions of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. IPS Group Inc. specifically disclaims any liability with respect to this document and no contractual obligations are formed either directly or indirectly by this document .

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 644

IPS Group Inc, all rights reserved © 2021 Page 2 of 6
Installation of an IPS Paystation:

The following process is to assist in the installation of an IPS MS1 and/or MS3 paystation.

Step 1.

Identify location for installation of MS1/MS3
Step 2.

Excavate a hole for concrete foundation of approximate size 2 ft. x 2 ft. x 2ft.
(Skip this step if suitable foundation is already in place) Make provisions for AC power if applicable.

AC power cable shall be located near the center spot of meter installation. Other options available if AC power cannot be in-ground.

Step 3
Drill 4 holes in concrete to the recommended diameter and depth using a template plate.
- 5/8” drill bit
Note:

Drilling and installing anchors is usually done on the day of install with machines ready for installation at location. Clean thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air or vacuum

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 645

IPS Group Inc, all rights reserved © 2021 Page 3 of 6
Step 4
Drive in the anchors with a hammer.

Recommended anchors
- 4x Anchor Bolts 5/8” x 6”; male thread stud; SST316

Step 5
Install MS1 pedestal over 4 bolts.

Check top surface of pedestal for leveling.

If necessary, level the top surface of the pedestal by removing, adding washers, and re- check for leveling.

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 646

IPS Group Inc, all rights reserved © 2021 Page 4 of 6
Step 6
Secure the MS1/MS3 pedestal to the anchor bolts with 5/8” hex nuts.

Step 7
Assemble the MS1/MS3 plinth over the MS1/MS3 pedestal.

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 647

IPS Group Inc, all rights reserved © 2021 Page 5 of 6
Step 8
Install the IPS paystation over the plinth and pedestal.

Position the paystation over the 4 mounting holes, such that the paystation can be secured in place using the 4 hex bolts.

If applicable, terminate the AC power cable with a junction box in the lower cabinet of the IPS paystation.

If you have further questions on installation of an IPS paystation, please contact [email protected]

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 648

IPS Group Inc, all rights reserved © 2021 Page 6 of 6
Removal of an IPS Paystation:

The following process is to assist in the removal of an IPS MS1 and/or MS3 paystation.

Step 1
Open the middle outer cabinet door that will give access to the Vault Step 2
Open the vault door and remove the Cash box, so you have access to the 2 locking bars that are beneath the cash box
Step 3
Remove the 2 locking bars, which will give you access to the lower cabinet door (kick panel)
Step 4
Remove the 2 screws that are holding the lower cabinet door in place (kick panel) in place, then remove the lower cabinet door
Step 5
Unbolt the 4 bolts that are securing the paystation to the pedestal Step 6
Remove the paystation from the pedestal
Step 7
Remove the plinth from the pedestal then unbolt the pedestal from the 4 anchors securing it to the concreate
Step 8
Remove the anchors from the ground by using a cutting tool (most cities do not require us to patch the 4 holes, but if they do you can use a concreate patching compound available at any hardware store to fill the 4 holes)

If you have further questions on the removal of an IPS paystation, please contact [email protected]

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 649
12100-0001\2654178v1.doc
City of MB Form

APPENDIX VIII

PROJECT HAUL ROUTE

Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 650

PARKING LOT 3

PARKING STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

PROPOSED HAUL ROUTE
City of Manhattan Beach
Community Development
Traffic Engineering Division

WORK
ZONE
Docusign Envelope ID: C6A122A2-4F22-4E1B-9F92-319580026F76 651
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R

LOCATION MAP
MANHATTAN BEACH, CALIFORNIA 902663621 BELL AVENUEPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENTINTERIM SURFACE PARKING LOT 3 PROJECTPLANS FORCITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH STANDARD PLANS:PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S NOTE:

ABBREVIATIONS
1155 MORNINGSIDE DR.PROJECT UTILITY CONTACTSCITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH (FRONT DESK - 24/7)..................................….........................(310) 802-5140CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH (POLICE DEPARTMENT)….........................….………………………..(310) 802-5100CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH (FIRE DEPARTMENT)…………………………….……….………………..….(310) 802-5203COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT (COMPTON).………………………….…………………………………….....(310) 638-1161AT&T (DISTRIBUTION)……………………………………..…………………..………………..............................(510) 645-2929AT&T (TRANSMISSION)……………………………………..…………………..………………............................(866) 460-6324WEST BASIN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT - FRANK FUCHS..................................................(310) 220-5475WEST BASIN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT - INFRAMARK, LLC(RECYCLED WATER PIPELINE MAINTENANCE).......................................................................(310) 217-2417LA COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS (FLOOD MAINTENANCE)...........................................................(562) 305-7258CROWN CASTLE (NEXTGLAVEN)….....................……………………………………………………………….. (800) 654-3110SHELL OIL..........................................………………………….……………………………………………………..(310) 816-2024ZENITH ENERGY - STEVEN FRANKS........................................................................................(562) 216-0675SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY (DISTRIBUTION)........………………………………………….(800) 427-8894SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY (TRANSMISSION)......………………………………………….(562) 806-4843SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON - AUSTIN STEPHENS……………………………………………………….(714) 737-7296SPECTRUM (TIME WARNER CABLE)..................................……………………..………………………..…(844) 780-6054T-MOBILE - WALTER CALLEJAS....……………….……………………………………………………………………..(818) 840-0808FRONTIER COMMUNICATION (PREVIOUSLY VERIZON).....................……………………………….…(866) 788-0166 SITE & PROJECT INFORMATION:

CODES:
652
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
GENERAL NOTES:

PRIVATE ENGINEERS NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR:“” “”
NPDES NOTES:

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES NOTES
UTILITY NOTES:
”””
”
653
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
WATER NOTES: (MUST USE ALL NOTES ON THIS SHEET FOR ALL PLANS) “”
” ””””””
”
SEWER NOTES:

ROADWAY RECONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES:“”“ ”
“”
GENERAL SIGNAGE AND STRIPING NOTES:

TRAFFIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS:
“”
“ “”
“”
654
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R

PAY STATION KIOSK FOUNDATION
GRADING GENERAL NOTES:
”
”
12'
655
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
N
656
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
N PARKING COUNTCOMPACT STALLS ADA STALLSTOTAL STALLS143 69 REGULAR STALLS 52

ACCESSIBILITY SIGN

ACCESSIBILITY PARKING STRIPING
"UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLE" SIGN
EV STALLS 0.20(69)14 EVSE STALLS 0.25(14)4 BICYCLE RACK5

SPECIALTY SIGN
EZ
03/24/2025
657
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
N
658
1 2
A
B
C
1 2
A
B
C
1HSS 4X4X1/2 POST. REFER TO DETIALS 5 AND 7/11, PRIME AND PAINT. 2SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"ROOF PLAN1SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"FLOOR PLANSHEET NOTESKEYNOTES1.GRIDLINES ARE THE LOCATION OF CENTERLINES OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS ANDCENTER OF STRUCTURAL WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.2HSS 4X4X1/4 POST. REFER TO DETIALS 15, 16 AND 17/11, PRIME AND PAINT.3HSS 4X12X3/16 BEAM. REFER TO DETIALS 10, 11 AND 14/11, PRIME AND PAINT.45-INCH THK. CONCRETE SLAB, 3,000 PSI WITH NO. 4 REBAR AT 12-INCHES EACH WAY OVERCOMPACTED GRADE. SURFACE OF THE CONCRETE SLAB IS TO BE SMOOTH AND SEALEDTO BE IMPERVIOUS TO GREASE AND OILS.5CANE BOLT SLEEVE, SEE DETAIL 13/11.66'-6"W x 5'-8"H CORRUGATED METAL GATE WITH DIAGONAL BRACING, CONTINUOUS WELDAT ALL JOINTS; PRIME AND PAINT.71 1/2-INCH HSB-36 18 GA. VERCO DECK.89INTERIOR SURFACE OF ALL WALLS ARE TO BE SMOOTH AND SEALED TO BE IMPERVIOUSTO GREASE AND OILS. 410
310
EXISTING CMU WALL. PROTECT IN PLACE.
1 2
2 2
3 3
3 4
7 5
5 5
6 6
8 8 8
99 210
110
1611
1711
15111 F.O. CMUF.O. CMU
F.O. CMU
F.O. CMU
F.O. CMU
F.O. CMU1011
1411
11111811
10FLOOR DRAIN.
10 11C 4X12X1/4. REFER TO DETAILS 10, 11 AND 14/11, PRIME AND PAINT. 211
24 211
15'-4" 4"
17'-4" 4"8'-4"8'-4"4"
4"4"2"2"
4" 14'-8"
2"8'-4"8'-4"
1'-8"10"
6"
6" CURB
6" CURB
6" CURB
12SOLAR POWERED SECURITY LIGHT. HALO SBL 250 OR APPROVED EQUAL. INSTALL PERMANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

DETAIL NUMBERLEGEND## SHEET NUBER
12 Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
659
1 2
A
B
C
1 2
A
B
C
2SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"ROOF FRAMING PLAN1SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"FOUNDATION PLAN 1HSS 4"X4"X1/2" WITH 18-INCH DIA. PIER FOOTING WITH 4'-0" EMBEDMENT INTO GRADE.EMBED HSS COLUMN 2'-7" INTO FOOTING AND PROVIDE (5) NO. 5 VERTICAL BARS AND NO.3 SPIRAL TIES AT 3-INCHES O.C. AROUND HSS.SHEET NOTESKEYNOTES1.GRIDLINES ARE THE LOCATION OF CENTERLINES OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS ANDCENTER OF STRUCTURAL WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.25-INCH THK. CONCRETE SLAB, 3,000 PSI WITH NO. 4 REBAR 12-INCHES O.C. EACH WAYOVER COMPACTED GRADE.3CANE BOLT SLEEVE, SEE DETAIL 13/11. 211HSS 4X12X1/4L4X4X1/4
F.O. CMU
F.O. CMUF.O. CMU
F.O. CMU
6"
211 211
2 1 13
3 3
L4X4X1/4HSS 4X12X1/4L4X4X1/4HSS 4X12X1/4
HSS 4X12X1/4
HSS 4X6X1/4
HSS 4X6X1/4
1011
1411
11111811
HSS 4X4X1/4POST BLW.

HSS 4X4X1/4POST BLW.

HSS 4X4X1/4POST BLW.
611
4EXISTING CMU WALL. PROTECT IN PLACE.
4 611
611
5FLOOR DRAIN.
5 C 12X20.7C 12X20.7
F.O. CMU
F.O. CMU
15'-4"
17'-4"
2'-6"
5'-0" 2'-6"
19'-4"
11"1'-7"
4'-2 1/2"9 1/2" 1'-7"11"
L 4X4X1/4L 4X4X1/4
DETAIL NUMBERLEGEND## SHEET NUBER
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
660
1 2
ABC
1 2
ABC
1HSS 4X4X1/2 POST. REFER TO DETAILS 5 AND 7/11, PRIME AND PAINT.SHEET NOTESKEYNOTES1.GRIDLINES ARE THE LOCATION OF CENTERLINES OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS ANDCENTER OF STRUCTURAL WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.2HSS 4X4X1/4 POST. REFER TO DETAILS 15, 16 AND 17/11, PRIME AND PAINT.3HSS 4X12X3/16 BEAM. REFER TO DETAILS 10, 11 AND 14/11, PRIME AND PAINT.55-INCH THK. CONCRETE SLAB, 3,000 PSI WITH NO. 4 REBAR AT 12-INCHES EACH WAY OVERCOMPACTED GRADE. SURFACE OF THE CONCRETE SLAB IS TO BE SMOOTH AND SEALEDTO BE IMPERVIOUS TO GREASE AND OILS.6CANE BOLT SLEEVE, SEE DETAIL 13/11.76'-6"W x 5'-8"H CORRUGATED METAL GATE WITH DIAGONAL BRACING, CONTINUOUS WELDAT ALL JOINTS; PRIME AND PAINT.81 1/2-INCH HSB-36 18 GA. VERCO DECK.910INTERIOR SURFACE OF ALL WALLS ARE TO BE SMOOTH AND SEALED TO BE IMPERVIOUSTO GREASE AND OILS.EXISTING CMU WALL. PROTECT IN PLACE.

2.ALL WELDS TO BE GROUND SMOOTH.4HSS 4X6X3/16 BEAM. PRIME AND PAINT. 1SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"SOUTH ELEVATION
2SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"EAST ELEVATION4SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"SECTION 3SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"SECTION
1011
911
1111
211
811
1411
1211
1311
1111
1411
811
911
0'-0"T.O. SLAB
6'-0"T.O. C.M.U.
9'-0"T.O. BEAM
0'-0"T.O. SLAB
6'-0"T.O. C.M.U.
9'-0"T.O. BEAM
0'-0"T.O. SLAB
6'-0"T.O. C.M.U.
9'-0"T.O. BEAM
0'-0"T.O. SLAB
6'-0"T.O. C.M.U.
9'-0"T.O. BEAM
11HEAVY DUTY HINGE, WELDED (3) PER POST.121 5/8X16 CONCRETE MASONRY CAP. 136-INCH CONCRETE CURB14CONCRETE FOOTING PER 1/9.
11 2
2 22
3 3344
5 5
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
6 315
15FLASHING WITH DRIP EDGE EMBEDDED INTO GROUT
16 16C 12X20.7 REFER TO DETAILS 10, 11 AND 14/11, PRIME AND PAINT. 4"4"EQEQEQ4"4"EQEQEQ4"
175/8" Ø X 6" TITEN HD AT CENTER OF ANGLE AS SOWN.
17TYP.
18SOLAR POWERED SECURITY LIGHT. HALO SBL 250 OR APPROVED EQUAL. INSTALL PERMANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.DETAIL NUMBER FINISHES-18"x8"x16" CONCRETE MASONRY UNITCOLOR: NATURAL GRAY-21-5/8"x8"x16" CONCRETE MASONRY CAPCOLOR: NATURAL GRAY-3SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW6258"TRICORN BLACK" LEGEND## SHEET NUBER
18 -3
-3-3
-1
-2-1 -2
-3-3
-1-21818
9'-4"T.O. C.M.U. 9'-4"T.O. C.M.U.
5" 9'-4"T.O. C.M.U.9'-4"T.O. C.M.U.ADD ANCHOR PER17
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
661
6"3"1/2"7"3"
3"X3"X1/8" ANGLE GATEFRAME1" DIA. G.I. PIPE3/4" SOLID SLIDE BOLT 3/4" SOLID SLIDEBOLT
1" DIA. G.I. PIPECONCRETE SLAB ONGRADE
6"3"3"3"2"
18"Ø FOOTING
4'-0" (MIN.)
5" THICKCONCRETESLAB.

GATE COLUMN PERPLAN
1/2" THICK METALCAP, WELDED

FOR HEIGHT REFER TO DUMPSTER ELEVATIONS
8X8X16 CMU WALL PERPLAN1 5/8"X8X16 CMU CAP

PAINTED
3"X3"X1/8" ANGLEFRAME. PROVIDEMITERED CORNERS.WELD AND GRINDSMOOTH. PRIME ANDPAINT. 4"X1/8" THK. PLATE(DIAGONAL BRACE)WELDED TO ANGLEFRAME AND METALDECK 1 1/2"X 16 GA. METALDECK. PROVIDE ARCSPOT WELDS AT6-INCHES O.C. PRIMEAND PAINT. 3"X3"X1/8" ANGLE FRAME.PROVIDE MITERED CORNERS.WELD AND GRIND SMOOTH.PRIME AND PAINT. 2"
FACE OF C.M.U. WALL
4"X1/8" THK. PLATE (DIAGONALBRACE) WELDED TO ANGLEFRAME AND METAL DECK1 1/2"X 16 GA. METAL DECK.PROVIDE ARC SPOT WELDS AT6-INCHES O.C. PRIME ANDPAINT.

PROVIDE THREE (3) HEAVYDUTY HINGES WELDED TOHSS AND ANGLE FRAME 4"X4"X1/2" HSS WITH 1/2-INCHCAP. WELDED TO TOP OF HSS.GRIND SMOOTH, PRIME ANDPAINT. REFER TO DETAIL1/A1.4.3CONCRETE FILLED. 12 PER PLAN
11 1/4"SEE SHEET 10 FOR WALL HEIGHTS6"T.O.CURBFINISH GRADE1 5/8"NON-SHRINK(5,000 PSI)MIN. GROUTOR CMU CAP 6 1/4"5"
6"6"2"
(2) #4 REBAR CONT.AT TOP#5 EACH FACE, VERTICAL AT16" O.C., (ALTERNATE HOOKDIRECTION)#4 REBAR, HORIZONTALAT 24" O.C.8"X8"X16" CONCRETEMASONRY UNIT SOLIDGROUT ALL CELLS(1,500 PSI, TYP.)#4 REBAR, CONT.#4 REBAR AT 18" O.C.EACH WAY(MID DEPTHOF SLAB)5" THK. CONCRETESLAB PER FOUNDATIONPLAN ON SHEET 8 (4) #5 CONT., TYP.#4 REBAR, VERTICAL DOWELAT 16" O.C. WITH STD. HOOKSEA. END3" CLR.,TYP. 3"CLR.,TYP.#4 AT 16" O.C.
#F.O.C.M.U.AS OCCURS

ALT BENDS
NOTE:REFER TO SHEET 14 FOR TYPICAL CMUAND FOOTING DETAILS.1 3/4" CLR. (TYP.)

LAP PERSCHEDULE
1/4"TYP.
7 5/8"
7 5/8"2 1/4"
2 1/4"11"
2 1/4"2 1/4"2 1/4"2 1/4"HSS COL. PER PLAN7 5/8"
1'-2"2 3/4"2 1/4"
2 1/4"2 1/4"1/4"TYP.
3/16"HSS BEAMTO COL.
1/4"
3/16"TYP.HSS BEAM TOCOL.8"6"1'-6"
11/16" DIA. HOLES1/2" THK. STEELPLATE
1/2" THK. STEELPLATE11/16" DIA. HOLES
HSS COL. PER PLAN
HSS 4X4X1/4" POST
HSS 4X12X3/16" BEAM4X4X1/4" BEARINGANGLE
1 1/2" HSB 36, 18 GA. VERCODECK TO FULLY BEAR ONBEAM AND BEARING ANGLEBELOW . PROVIDE ARC SPOTWELDS AT 6-INCHES O.C.PRIME AND PAINT.

HSS 4X12X3/16" BEAM4X4X1/4" BEARINGANGLE
1 1/2" HSB 36, 18 GA.VERCO DECK TO FULLYBEAR ON BEAM ANDBEARING ANGLEBELOW. PROVIDE ARCSPOT WELDS AT6-INCHES O.C. PRIMEAND PAINT. 1 1/2" HSB 36, 18 GA.VERCO DECK TO FULLYBEAR ON BEAM ANDBEARING ANGLEBELOW. PROVIDE ARCSPOT WELDS AT6-INCHES O.C. PRIMEAND PAINT.4X4X1/4" BEARINGANGLEHSS 4X6X3/16" BEAM5/8" Ø X 6" TITEN HD EA.SIDE HSS 4X12X3/16" BEAM EXTEND TOWALL AND PROVIDE 1/4" CAP PLATE 7 5/8"
1'-3 1/4"2 1/4"5 1/2"2 1/4"2 1/4"1/4"TYP.1/2" THK. STEELPLATE11/16" DIA. HOLES HSS COL. PER PLAN
1/4" THK. CAP PLATE3/16"
3-12
3/16"HSS BEAMTO BEAMMID SPAN BEAM WHEREOCCURS
1/4"3-12
1 1/2"
3/16"HSS BEAMTO BEAM
1 5/8" CMU CAP
4" MIN.
1'-0" MIN.AT ALTERNATEANCHORAGE ONLY
BASE PLATE PERDETAIL 15, 16, 17/-2" NON-SHRINK GROUT (5,000 PSI) MIN. GROUT CMU WALL EDGE(WHERE OCCURS)SIMPSON PAB5 A.B.WITH 12" MIN. EMBEDMENTALTERNATE ANCHORAGE:5/8" DIA. WELDED HEADEDSTUDS HSS COL. PER PLAN2SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"CMU WALL DETAIL
6SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"CMU WALL DETAIL
5SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"POST DETAIL
7SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"GATE JAMB
8SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"GATE DETAIL
9SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"CMU WALL CAP
13SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"VERTICAL CANE BOLT
12SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"HORIZONTAL CANE BOLT
17SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"PLATE DETAIL
16SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"PLATE DETAIL
15SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"PLATE DETAIL
14SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"DETAIL AT FASCIA10SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"DETAIL AT FASCIA 11SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"DETAIL AT FASCIA
1/4"
C 12X20.7
4X4X1/4" BEARING ANGLE
1 1/2" HSB 36, 18 GA. VERCO DECKTO FULLY BEAR ON BEAM ANDBEARING ANGLE BELOW . PROVIDEARC SPOT WELDS AT 6" O.C. PRIMEAND PAINT.3-12

MID SPAN BEAM WHERE OCCURS
18SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"DETAIL AT FASCIA
C 12X20.7L 4X6X1/4"

FLASHING WITH DRIP EDGEEMBEDDED INTO GROUT
3/16"
3/16"3-SIDES ANGLETO CHANNEL
4"4"
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
662
REINFORCED CONCRETE1.CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C150, TYPE II/V.2.AGGREGATES FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C33.3.READY-MIX CONCRETE SHALL BE MIXED AND DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C94.4.CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 301, "SPECIFICATIONS FORSTRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS", EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY THESE NOTES.5.CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT (145 PCF). CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUMCOMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS AS FOLLOWS:ELEMENTSTRENGTHAGGW/C RATIO (MAX)FOOTINGS/ SLAB ON GRADE3000 PSI1”.506.ADMIXTURES USED IN CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING ASTM STANDARDS,SHALL BE USED IN DOSAGES RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND SHALL NOTCONTAIN MORE CHLORIDE THAN IS FOUND IN THE MUNICIPAL DRINKING WATER SUPPLY.LIQUID VOLUME IN ASTM C494, TYPE C ADMIXTURES SHALL BE ADDED TO WATER CONTENTAND WATER CEMENT RATIO CALCULATIONS.WATER REDUCERSASTM C494, TYPE AMID-RANGE WATER REDUCERSASTM C494, TYPE A/FHIGH-RANGE WATER REDUCERSASTM C494, TYPE FHYDRATION STABILIZERS (RETARDERS)ASTM C494, TYPE B AND DACCELERATORSASTM C494, TYPE CAIR ENTRAINING AGENTSASTM C260CORROSION INHIBITORSASTM C494, TYPE CSHRINKAGE REDUCING ADMIXTURESASTM C494, TYPE FVISCOSITY MODIFYING ADMIXTURESASTMC494, TYPE SSILICA FUMEASTM C12407.FLYASH SHALL CONSIST OF POZZOLANIC ADMIXTURES CONFORMING TO ASTM C6819 F.8.CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR CONCRETE DESIGN STRENGTHS GREATERTHAN 2500 PSI.9.CONCRETE SHALL BE PROPORTIONED SUCH THAT THE 7 DAY STRENGTHS ARE A MINIMUM OF70% OF THE SPECIFIED 28 DAY STRENGTH FOR ANY CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION REQUIRINGSHORING, BRACING, OR TO RECEIVE CONSTRUCTION LOADS. SLABS ON GRADE SHALL HAVE ACOMPRESSION STRENGTH OF 1800 PSI MINIMUM AT 3 DAYS IF SUBJECT TO CONSTRUCTIONTRAFFIC.10.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND REPLACE ANY CONCRETE WHICH FAILS TO ATTAINSPECIFIED STRENGTH IN 28 DAYS IF DIRECTED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.11.ADMIXTURES MAY BE USED WITH PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. ADMIXTURES SHALLCOMPLY WITH ASTM C494 & C1017 AND BE OF A TYPE THAT INCREASES THE WORKABILITY OFTHE CONCRETE, BUT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED TO REDUCE THE SPECIFIED MINIMUMCEMENT CONTENT (CALCIUM CHLORIDE SHALL NOT BE USED).12.ALL REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHOR BOLTS, DOWELS, HOLD-DOWN ANCHORS, AND INSERTSSHALL BE WELL SECURED IN POSITION WITH WIRE POSITIONERS PRIOR TO FOUNDATIONINSPECTION AND BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE.13.ANCHOR BOLTS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SHALL BE HEAVY HEX.14.DEBRIS SHALL BE ENTIRELY REMOVED FROM FORMS PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT.

BASIS OF DESIGNPROJECT DESCRIPTION: NEW TRASH ENCLOSURE1. VERTICAL LOADS:DEAD LOADS:ROOF 5 PSFLIVE LOADS: REDUCIBLE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDROOF 20 PSF2.LATERAL LOADS: WIND: PER ASCE 7-16 (CBC 2022)BASIC WIND SPEED-3 SECOND GUST (3s Vult) 94MPHTOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR (Kzt) 1.0RISK CATEGORY llEXPOSURE CATEGORYCENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATIONENCLOSEDINTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT (GCpi)+/- 0.18SEISMIC: PER ASCE 7-16 (CBC 2022)RISK CATEGORY llSEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Ie) 1.0RHO (N-S) 1.0RHO (E-W) 1.0SITE LOCATION, LATITUDE33.885613° NSITE LOCATION, LONGITUDE-118.40879° WMAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS:SHORT PERIOD,SS= 1.907gLONG PERIOD,S1= 0.679gSITE CLASS: DSPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS:SHORT PERIOD,Sds= 1.526gLONG PERIOD,Sd1= 0.770GSEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORYDSEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEMS:STEEL ORDINARY CANTILEVER COLUMN SYSTEMR= 1.25Cd= 1.25Omega= 1.25Cs= 1.22 (STRENGTH)ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE ABBREVIATIONSABANCHOR BOLTABVABOVEADD'LADDITIONALADJADJACENTAFFABOVE FINISHED FLOORALTALTERNATEARCHARCHITECTARCH'LARCHITECTURALASDALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN(B)BOTTOMBFBRACED FRAMEBLDGBUILDINGBLKBLOCKBLKGBLOCKINGBLWBELOWBMBEAMBNBOUNDARY NAILINGBOBOTTOM OFBOFBOTTOM OF FOOTINGBRBRACEBRDGBRIDGE(ING)BRGBEARINGBTWNBETWEENCCAMBER(ED)CANTCANTILEVEREDCFCUBIC FEET(FOOT)CGCENTER OF GRAVITYCIPCAST IN PLACECJCEILING JOISTCJTCONSTRUCTION JOINTCLCENTER LINECLGCEILINGCLRCLEARCMUCONC MASONRY UNITCOLCOLUMNCONCCONCRETECONNCONNECTIONCONSTRCONSTRUCTIONCONTCONTINUOUSCTRCENTER(ED)CTSKCOUNTERSINKCYCUBIC YARDdPENNY(NAILS)DBLDOUBLEDFDOUGLAS FIRDIADIAMETERDIAGDIAGONALDIAPHDIAPHRAGMDIMDIMENSIONDLDEAD LOADDNDOWNDP (D)DEEP(DEPTH)DWGDRAWING(S)DWLDOWEL(S)(E)EXISTINGEFEACH FACEEJEXPANSION JOINTELECELECTRICALELEVELEVATIONEMBEDEMBEDMENTENEDGE NAILENGENGINEEREODEDGE OF DECKEOSEDGE OF SLABEQEQUALEQPTEQUIPMENTEXIST (E)EXISTINGEXPEXPANSIONEXTEXTERIOREWEACH WAYFABFABRICATIONFFFINISH FLOORFGFINISH GRADEFINFINISH(ED)FLGFLANGEFLRFLOOR FNFIELD(FACE)NAILFNDFOUNDATIONFOFACE OFFOCFACE OF CONCRETEFOMFACE OF MASONRYFOSFACE OF STUDFOWFACE OF WALLFRMFRAMEFRMGFRAMINGFRTFIRE-RETARDANT TREATEDFRTDFFIRE-RETARDANT TREATED DFFSFAR SIDEFT(')FOOT(FEET)FTGFOOTINGFVFIELD VERIFYGAGAUGEGALVGALVANIZEDGBGRADE BEAMGCGENERAL CONTRACTORGLBGLUED LAMINATED BEAMGRDGRADEGSMGALVANIZED SHEET METALGWBGYPSUM WALLBOARD(H)HORIZONTALHDHOLD DOWNHDRHEADERHGRHANGERHORIZ HORIZONTALHSBHIGH STRENGTH BOLTHSSHOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONHTHEIGHTIDINSIDE DIAMETERIEINVERT ELEVATIONIFINSIDE FACEIN(")INCH(S)INTINTERIORJSTJOISTJTJOINTKKIPS(1000)LSLAG SCREWLATLATERALLB(#)POUNDSLDGRLEDGERLFLINEAL FEET(FOOT)LGTHLENGTHLLHLONG LEG HORIZLLVLONG LEG VERTLONGLONGITUDINALLRFDLOAD & RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGNLT WTLIGHT WEIGHTLVLLAMINATED VENEER LUMBERMBMACHINE BOLTMFMOMENT FRAMEMASMASONRYMAT'LMATERIALMAXMAXIMUMMECHMECHANICALMEZZMEZZANINEMFRMANUFACTURERMISCMISCELLANEOUSMTLMETAL(N)NEWNLGNAILINGNLRNAILERNO(#)NUMBERNSNEAR SIDENTSNOT TO SCALENWTNORMAL WEIGHTOCON CENTERODOUTSIDE DIAMETEROFOUTSIDE FACEOHOPPOSITE HANDOPNGOPENINGOPTOPTIONALORNTORIENTATE(ION)OWJOPEN WEB JOISTSOWSJ OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTSPAPURLIN ANCHORPAR (//)PARALLEL PBSPREMIER BUILDING SYSTEMSPCPRECAST CONCRETEPCDTPRECAST DOUBLE TEEPERPPERPENDICULARPENPENETRATIONPHPAN HEADPLPLATEPLFPOUNDS PER LINEAL FOOTPLAMPARALAM BEAMPLYPLYWOODPSPRE-STRESSEDPSFPOUNDS PER SQUARE FOOTPSIPOUNDS PER SQUARE INCHP/TPOSTTENSIONEDPTPRESSURE TREATEDPTDFPRESSURE TREATED DFQTYQUANTITYRAD (R)RADIUSREFREFERENCEREIN REINFORCEMENT(ING)REQ'DREQUIREDROROUGH OPENINGROSROUGH SAWNRSRE-SAWNRTURoof Top UnitsSCHSCHEDULESEISSEISMICSHRSHEARSHTSHEETSIMSIMILARSKWSKEW(ED)SPECSPECIFICATION(S)SQSQUARESSSELECT STRUCTURALSSB2SIMPSON STRONG BOLT 2STDSTANDARDSTGSTRONGSTGRSTAGGER(ED)STIFFSTIFFENER(S)STIRSTIRRUP(S)STLSTEELSTRUCSTRUCTURALSUSPSUSPENDEDSWSHEAR WALLSYMMSYMMETRICAL(T)TOPT & BTOP AND BOTTOMT & GTONGUE AND GROOVETEMPTEMPERATURETEMPTEMPORARYTHKTHICK(NESS)THRDTHREADEDTNTOE NAILTOCTOP OF CONCRETETOFTOP OF FOOTINGTOPTOP OF PARAPETTOSTOP OF SHEATHINGTOWTOP OF WALLTSTOP OF STEELTRANSTRANSVERSETYPTYPICALUONUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDVERT(V)VERTICALVIFVERIFY IN FIELD(W)WIDE(WIDTH)W/WITHW/O WITHOUTWDWOODWFWIDE FLANGEWFBWIDE FLANGE BEAMWHSWELDED HEADED STUDWPWORK POINTWPJWEAKENED PLANE JOINTWSWOOD SCREW(S)WTWEIGHTWWFWELDED WIRE FABRICX-STG EXTRA STRONGXX-STG DOUBLE EXTRA STRONGYDYARD GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES1.THE NOTES AND DETAILS ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THESEGENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES. TYPICAL DETAILS SHALL BE USED WHENEVER APPLICABLE ANDMAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED ON THE DRAWINGS.2.DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS REFER TO FACE OF CONCRETE SURFACES, FACE OFSTUDS, FACE OF CONCRETE BLOCK, TOP OF SHEATHING, TOP OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR TOPOF SLAB, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.3.ALL OMISSIONS AND CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS OF OTHER DISCIPLINES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THEATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY EFFECTEDWORK.4.ANY WORK CONSTRUCTED IN CONFLICT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BECORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE AND AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNEROR ARCHITECT.5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE UTILITY SERVICES IN THE AREATO BE EXCAVATED PRIOR TO COMMENCING EXCAVATION.6.WHERE A CONSTRUCTION DETAIL IS NOT INDICATED, THE DETAIL SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOROTHER SIMILAR WORK.7.ALL MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2022CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC). THE FOLLOWING CODES HAVE BEEN ADOPTED BY THE CBCAND HAVE BEEN IMPLEMENTED IN THE DESIGN OF THIS PROJECT:AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE): ASCE 7-16 MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FORBUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES INCLUDING ALL CURRENT SUPPLEMENTSAMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACl): ACI-318-19 BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FORSTRUCTURAL CONCRETE8.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR JOB SITECONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT, INCLUDING SAFETYOF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY. THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOTBE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY,AND HOLD THE ENGINEER FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS. DEMANDS AND ALLLIABILITY, REAL OR ALLEGED, IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THISPROJECT. EXCEPT FOR LIABILITY ARISING FROM THE SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE ENGINEER.9.THE CONTRACT STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT THE FINISHEDSTRUCTURE. THEY DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTORSHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE DURINGCONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, BRACING ANDSHORING FOR LOADS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL, ETC.OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE SITE BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER DO NOT INCLUDEINSPECTION OF THE THESE ITEMS.10.CARE SHALL BE TAKEN WHEN STORING CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS. CONSTRUCTIONMATERIAL SHALL BE SPREAD OUT IF PLACED ON THE FRAMED ROOF OR FLOOR. LOAD SHALLNOT EXCEED THE DESIGN LIVE LOAD PER SQUARE FOOT. PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORINGAND/OR BRACING WHERE THE STRUCTURE HAS NOT ATTAINED THE REQUIRED DESIGNSTRENGTH.

FOUNDATION1.THE SOILS REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE COMPLIED WITH BY THE CONTRACTOR.2.SOILS INFORMATION:SEE SOILS REPORT BY: CODE MINIMUMSOIL DESIGN PARAMETERS:ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE1500 PSF ( +1/3 INCREASE)LATERAL BEARING (PASSIVE) PRESSURE 250 PCFCOEFFICIENT OF FRICTION0.35MINIMUM CONTINUOUS FOOTING WIDTH12 INCHESMINIMUM SPREAD FOOTING WIDTH24 INCHESBOTTOM OF FOOTINGS SHALL BE AT LEAST 12 INCHES BELOW LOWEST ADJACENTPAD GRADE.3.ALL FOUNDATION WORK SHALL BE FOUNDED ON FIRM UNDISTURBED NATURAL SOILS ORAPPROVED COMPACTED SOILS.4.CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE THE SITE, DURING CLEARING AND EARTHWORKOPERATIONS, FOR FILLED EXCAVATIONS OR BURIED STRUCTURES, SUCH AS CESSPOOLS,CISTERNS, FOUNDATIONS, ETC. IF ANY SUCH STRUCTURES ARE FOUND, THE ENGINEERSHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY.5.THE FINISH EXCAVATION FOR FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE NEAT & TRUE TO LINE.6.FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE KEPT FREE OF LOOSE MATERIAL AND STANDINGWATER AND SHALL BE CHECKED AND APPROVED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER BEFORE THEPLACEMENT OF ANY CONCRETE.7.THE TESTING LAB SHALL SUBMIT COMPACTION REPORTS FOR ALL FILL TO THE ENGINEERBEFORE REQUESTING FOUNDATION INSPECTION. ALL LOOSE SOIL AND FILL DIRT,INCLUDING BACKFILL BEHIND RETAINING WALLS, SHALL BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95%OF MAXIMUM DENSITY, OR GREATER AS REQUIRED BY THE SOILS REPORT.

REINFORCING STEEL1.REBAR SHALL BE ASTM A615, GRADE 60 DEFORMED BARS.2.WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A185 AND SHALL BE LAPPED 12” MINIMUM.3.MINIMUM LAP SPLICES OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS.4.VERTICAL BARS IN WALLS SHALL BE ACCURATELY POSITIONED AT THE CENTER OF THE WALLUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS AND DETAILS.5.REINFORCING DETAILING, BENDING, AND PLACING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315"DETAILS AND DETAILING OF CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT".6.ALL REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHOR BOLTS, DOWELS, HOLD DOWN ANCHORS AND INSERTSSHALL BE WELL SECURED IN POSITION WITH WIRE POSITIONERS PRIOR TO FOUNDATIONINSPECTION AND BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE OR GROUT.7.180 DEGREE HOOKS MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF 90-DEGREE HOOKS IF DESIRED BY THECONTRACTOR.8.CLEAR DISTANCES, STEEL TO FORMS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE:SLABS NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER, JOISTS, INTERIOR WALL SURFACES 3/4 “ EXTERIOR WALL SURFACES, SLABS EXPOSED TO WEATHER, #5 AND SMALLER1-1/2” EXTERIOR WALL SURFACES, SLABS EXPOSED TO WEATHER, #6 AND LARGER2”COLUMN TIES, BEAM TIES1-1/2” CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN BARS2” SLABS ON ROLLED GRADE1-1/2” FORMED SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH EARTH2” UNFORMED SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH EARTH3”CONCRETE-EXPANSION ANCHORS1.CONCRETE EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL BE:a.SIMPSON STRONG-BOLT 2 (SSB2) WEDGE ANCHORS BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE (ICC-ESESR-3037).2.REFERENCE ICC ESR REPORT FOR INSTALLATION INFORMATION SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO;INSTALLATION TORQUE, DRILL BIT REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES FOR CLEANING HOLES.3.ANCHOR EMBEDMENTS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS AND DETAILS. EMBEDMENTSPECIFIED IS THE NOMINAL EMBEDMENT OF THE ANCHOR (hnom). SEE DETAIL 6/11 FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION.4.DO NOT INSTALL ANCHORS IN CONCRETE THAT IS LESS THAN 7 DAYS OLD.5.ANCHORS SHALL BE USED ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON PLANS AND DETAILS.6.SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. SEE SPECIAL INSPECTION NOTES FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.

Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
663
Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
664

TYPICAL CONCRETE FOOTING INTERSECTIONSSINGLE CURTAIN

MULTIPLE CURTAIN
LAP PER SCH.(TYP.)LAP PERSCH. (TYP.)PROVIDE CORNERLAP BARS - MATCHSIZE OF REINF. (TYP.)PROVIDE CORNERBAR FOR EA. EDGELONG. BAR LAP PERSCH. (TYP.)LAP PER SCH.(TYP.)
ALTERNATE DIRECTIONOF CORNER BARSPROVIDE CORNERLAP BARS - MATCHSIZE OF REINF. (TYP.) STD. HOOKS
STD. HOOKS
1 BAR SIZEBARS @ CENTERBARS @ FACE8" CMU10" CMU12" CMU#4#5#6#7#8#9 CENTERFACECENTERFACECENTERFACE1'-0"1'-6"2'-10"3'-11"5'-11"- 1'-8"2'-7"4'-6"5'-3"6'-0"-
1'-0"1'-2"2'-2"3'-0"4'-7"5'-10"
1'-6"2'-4"4'-3"5'-3"6'-1"6'-10"
1'-0"1'-4"1'-0"1'-3"2'-5"3'-9"4'-9"
2'-1"3'-10"5'-3"6'-1"6'-10"CMU REBAR LAP SCHEDULE (f'm=2500psi) EQ.EQ.2" CLR @ 8" CMU2 1/4" CLR @ 10" CMU2 1/2" CLR @ 12" CMU1/2" CLRMINFACESHELL 2 TYPICAL MASONRY BLOCK INTERSECTIONSSINGLE CURTAIN

DOUBLE CURTAIN

CORNERINTERSECTIONEND
LAPPER SCH.
#5 VERTICAL (U.O.N.)#5 VERTICAL(U.O.N.)(H) REIN. PERPLAN (TYP.)(2) #5 U.O.N.

LAPPER SCH.

LAPPER SCH.
(2) #5 U.O.N.

STD. 180DEG. HOOKLAPPER SCH.LAPPER SCH.
#5 VERTICAL (U.O.N.)(H) REIN. PERPLAN (TYP.)PROVIDE STD. 90 DEG.HOOK AT INSIDE BARSDOWN INTO CORNER CELL#5 VERTICAL U.O.N.

STD. 180DEG. HOOK
NOTE:ROTATE HOOKS AS REQ'D TOFIT IN WALL WHILE STILLENGAGING (V) REIN 3 Know what'sbelow.before you dig.Call
R
665

LIMIT OF WORK

LIMIT OF WORK
LIM

IT OF W
ORK
LIM

IT OF W
ORK
LIM

IT OF W
ORK
18 1" MS
24 1" TB
36 1" MS
43 1" TB
IRRIGATION CONTROLLER IN A VANDAL-RESISTANT ENCLOSURE. SEE IRRIGATION LEGEND FOR SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL

VERIFY FINAL CONTROLLER LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL POWER
PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION.

GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT TO SOLAR SYSTEM SUPPLY LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE CONTROLLER. ITS TO PROVIDE
CERTIFICATION FOR CONNECTION TO SOLAR POWER UNIT.

WEATHER SENSOR LOCATION. MOUNT DEVICE ON POLE,
MIN. 10' HEIGHT FROM FINISH GRADE LOCATION. INSTALL
POLE, MOUNT DEVICE MIN. 10' HEIGHT FROM FINISH GRADE.

CONTROLLER LOCATION
EXISTING WATER SUPPLY LINE. TEE OFF AND EXTEND
FOR IRRIGATION MAINLINE.
52 1" MS

BALL VALVE

MASTER VALVE
FLOW

PVC IRRIGATION
MAIN

PROPOSED

WATER SERVICE

EXISTING WATER
METER
IRRIGATION P.O.C. ASSEMBLY
FLOW

BACKFLOW
DEVICE

PROPOSED WATER SERVICE

FLOW SENSOR
2" EXISTING METER AND CONNECTION. LANDSCAPE
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY METER LOCATION AND 83 PSI MIN.

STATIC PRESSURE AND 8 GPM FLOW PRIOR TO COMMENCING
WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE

ATTENTION OF OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO
START OF WORK. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE

RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS IF THE
OWNER IS NOT NOTIFIED OF SUCH DISCREPANCIES.

SET PRESSURE REGULATOR TO 67 PSI.

POINT OF CONNECTION
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4" 3/4"3/4"
3/4"3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"

PRESSURE

REGULATOR
12TH STREET
M

ORNINGSIDE DRIVE

IRRIGATION LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION RADIUS PSIG.P.M. PRECIP.
30N/A 0.50 N/A
RAINBIRD 1806-SAM-PRS-SQ-H SQUARE MICROSPRAY ON 6" POP-UP RAINBIRD 1806-SAM-PRS-SQ-Q SQUARE MICROSPRAY ON 6" POP-UP 30 30 2.5'

2.5'

0.12 0.20

1.90 1.57
RAINBIRD 1806-SAM-PRS-SQ-F SQUARE MICROSPRAY ON 6" POP-UP 2.5' 300.40 1.55 RAINBIRD PA-8S-PRS-PCT-05 DRIP EMITTER ON SCH 80 PVC RISER 30N/A 0.08 2 ±

RAINBIRD PEB-SERIES REMOTE CONTROL VALVE - SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLAN HUNTER HQ-33DLRC QUICK COUPLING VALVE OR APPROVE EQUAL, INSTALL 6" FROM HARDSCAPE.

FEBCO 825Y - 1" REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE W/ FEBCO 650A BRONZE WYE

STRAINER PER CIVIL ENGINEER'S PLAN
SCH 40 PVC WIRE SLEEVE - 2" MIN.

PVC CLASS 200 LATERAL LINE - 12" COVER IN PLANTING AREA. PVC SCHED. 40 - 24" COVER UNDER PAVING.

SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN.

PVC IRRIGATION MAINLINE; SCH. 40 - 2" AND SMALLER, CLASS 315 2-1/2" AND LARGER. 36" COVER UNDER PAVING, 18" COVER IN PLANTING AREAS, SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN.

SCH 40 PVC PIPE 2X DIA. OF PIPE BEING SLEEVED- 2" MIN.

PVC CLASS 200 TREE BUBBLER LATERAL LINE - 12" COVER IN PLANTING AREA. PVC SCHED. 40 - 24" COVER UNDER PAVING. SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN.

HUNTER PRO-C - 13 STATION CONTROLLER IN STRONG BOX
PRE-ASSEMBLED PRODUCT AVAILABLE THROUGH; IMPERIAL TECHNICAL SERVICES, CONTACT DARYL GREEN FOR COORDINATION AND VERIFICATION OF FLOW SENSOR HARDWARE. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION FROM I.T.S. OF UL LISTED INSTALLATION IN CONFORMANCE TO SPEC.

PHONE 949-584-7311
ASSEMBLY MODEL NO.

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION / MODEL NO.

ICA1-HU13-13 / SOLSP / SP / IFS-100HFC
WEATHER SENSOR LOCATION. MOUNT HUNTER SOLAR SYNC SENSOR ON POLE WITH NO OVERHEAD OBSTRUCTION & AWAY FROM HEAT REFLECTING SURFACE/ MASS. TEST AND VERIFY CONNECTION TO CONTROLLER. FINAL LOCATION TO BE VERIFIED WITH ITS TECHNICIAN.
*CONTRACTOR TO SET PRS-DIAL TO 30 PSI ON ALL VALVES SERVING LOW VOLUME SPRAYS RAINBIRD PEB-SERIES REMOTE CONTROL MASTER VALVE - 1"
2" EXISTING POTABLE WATER METER, VERIFY IN FIELD
RAINBIRD PESB-PRS-D* SERIES REMOTE CONTROL VALVE W/ QKCHK-200 QUICK CHECK BASKET FILTER (200-MESH) - SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLAN
NIBCO BALL VALVE (LINE SIZE) T-585-80-LF (1/2"-3") OR T-580-70 (1-1/4"-1"-3") HUNTER FLOW-CLIK 1" FLOW SENSOR, SEE CONTROLLER SPECIFICATION BELOW FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
3/4"
3/4"

INSTALL MICRO SPRAY
HEADS AT A MIN. OF 12"

AWAY FROM

ALL HARDSCAPE AREAS

PROPOSED WATER SUPPLY LINE (ESTIMATED LOCATION), PER CIVIL ENGINEER'S PLANS SOLAR SYSTEM-4, I.T.S 2,000 WATT SOLAR POWER SYSTEM CONNECTION FOR IRRIGATION CONTROLLER.

AVAILABLE THROUGH I.T.S (714) 696-7526
RAINBIRD RWS-M-B-C-1402 18" DEEP ROOT WATERING SYSTEM
STATIC WATER PRESSURE:

WATER PURVEYOR:

DATE:

INFORMATION GIVEN BY:

DESIGN CRITERIA

IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE STATIC WATER
PRESSURE WITH SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. IF DIFFERENT FROM ABOVE, NOTIFY CDPC OR OWNER. FAILURE TO GIVE SUCH

NOTIFICATION MAY RESULT IN CONTRACTOR BEING RESPONSIBLE FOR CHANGES/WORK THAT MIGHT OCCUR.

N/A

BIANCA CARDENAS
02/04/2025
83 PSI
PHONE NUMBER: (310) 802-5357
WATER TYPE: POTABLE

INDICATES STATION NUMBER

INDICATES VALVE SIZE
INDICATES TOTAL FLOW IN GPM15

CONTROL VALVE TAG LEGEND

MS MICRO SPRAY (RAINBIRD SQ)

INDICATES NOZZLE TYPEMS
TB TREE BUBBLER 'AS BUILT' NOTE:

DURING THE CONSTRUCTION, LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE FIELD NOTES OF ACTUAL LOCATIONS WHERE IRRIGATION

EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSTALLED ON A DAILY BASIS TO REFLECT WORK COMPLETED, PREPARE 'AS BUILT' DRAWING ON BOND PAPER

COPY OF IRRIGATION PLAN PER SPECIFICATION V (FIVE), SUBSECTIONS A THROUGH G, AND REDLINE FIELD NOTES INDICATING 'AS BUILT' INFORMATION. SUBMIT TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PREPARATION OF FINAL 'AS-BUILT' DRAWING AND CONTROLLER CHART FOR SUBMITTAL TO THE OWNER.

SYSTEM INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IS DIAGRAMMATIC. ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN PAVED AREAS IS FOR GRAPHIC DESIGN CLARITY PURPOSES ONLY. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED IN SHRUB PLANTING AREAS. AVOID ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE

IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AND SPRINKLER SPRAY WITH TREE TRUNK, SHRUBS, ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES, LIGHT POLES, UTILITY STRUCTURE, ETC. ROUTE PIPES AROUND TREES; DO NOT INSTALL PIPES UNDER TREES.

IRRIGATION PLAN
Conceptual Design & Planning Company, Mar 10, 2025 9:21am P:\25\25011 Manhattan Beach Parking Lot\Land\CDs\CD01- 24X36\ 25011- I.dwg MarcEscobar 1675 Scenic Drive, Suite 200
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
T: 949.399.0870
www.cdpcinc.com
conceptual design + planning company

COSTA MESA LAS VEGASCENTRAL COAST
R
IHC
6 1
T
7 I A
E
EA
C
P
V I
D
S
L
T
L
. OD A
CN
Exp. Date
Signature
4 B A
N
LA
DateE O
A
RT F
ET
E
J
I
G
TS
C
D
M
RE
July 31, 2025
I
OF
E
N
S S
A
R
E
A March 10, 2025
Know what's below.
before you dig.Call
R
This document contains proprietary information for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review. This document and its contents may not be used by any others without prior written consent of CDPC. Written dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions, and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of CDPC prior to commencement of work.

NORTH0' 10' 20'5' 30'
SCALE:1"=10'
PROJECT NAME:

Project No. : 25011
WATER PURVAYOR:

WATER TYPE: POTABLE
DATA GIVEN BY: BIANCE CARDENAS
PHONE: (310) 802-5357 DATE: 2/4/2025
STATIC PRESSURE: 83 PSI
P.O.C. ELEVATION: 1
VALVE NO: 1
FLOW RATE : 8 GPM
ELEVATION @ VALVE 1
WATER SERVICE LINE size: 2" feet loss/100' 0.09 0.0 PSI WATER METER size: 2" -P S I
size: 2" 13.5 PSI
FLOW METER size: 1" 1.0 PSI
GRAVITY PRESSURE Elevation difference: 0 0.0 PSI
MAINLINE PIPE Sch.40 size: 1" 75 feet loss/100' 1.74 PSI 1.3 PSI MASTER VALVE size: 1" 1.8 PSI
R.C.V. size: 1" 1.8 PSI
LATERAL PIPE/FITTINGS (allowance) 5.0 PSI
PRESSURE @ HEAD 30.0 PSI
TOTAL PRESSURE LOSS: 54.3 PSI
RESIDUAL PRESSURE: ( MIN. 10% OF STATUC PRESSURE) 28.7 PSI

FRICTION LOSS CALCULATION
BACKFLOW and WYE STRAINER
INTERIM SURFACE PARKING LOT 3
N/A

SEE STRIPING AND SIGNAGE PLAN
666
HZ-1
HZ-3 Low
Water Use Exposure Irrigation Type
Low Sun
Sun
Root Watering System
KeyHydrozone
LEGEND
HZ-2 Moderate Sun Bubblers
Low Volume Spray (Rainbird SQ)

LIMIT OF WORK

LIMIT OF WORK
LIM

IT OF W
ORK
LIM

IT OF W
ORK
LIM

IT OF W
ORK

IRRIGATION CALCULATIONS & NOTES

HYDROZONE MAP
Conceptual Design & Planning Company, Mar 10, 2025 9:09am P:\25\25011 Manhattan Beach Parking Lot\Land\CDs\CD01- 24X36\ 25011- I.dwg MarcEscobar 1675 Scenic Drive, Suite 200
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
T: 949.399.0870
www.cdpcinc.com
conceptual design + planning company

COSTA MESA LAS VEGASCENTRAL COAST
R
IHC
6 1
T
7 I A
E
EA
C
P
V I
D
S
L
T
L
. OD A
CN
Exp. Date
Signature
4 B A
N
LA
DateE O
A
RT F
ET
E
J
I
G
TS
C
D
M
RE
July 31, 2025
I
OF
E
N
S S
A
R
E
A March 10, 2025
Know what's below.
before you dig.Call
R
This document contains proprietary information for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review. This document and its contents may not be used by any others without prior written consent of CDPC. Written dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions, and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of CDPC prior to commencement of work.

NORTH0' 20' 40'10' 60'
SCALE:1"=20'

1. All plant materials selected for this site were appropriate for the geographical location and local climate, their adaptability to drought. Data from WULCOLS IV has been used for determining species' plant factor for the water use calculations.

2. Plants with similar water use requirements were grouped together.

3. 95% of landscape areas are planted with low water use plants, the balance with moderate use plants.

No high water use plants are used.

4. Irrigation sections/hydrozones are separated by considering plant species factor, plant density and microclimate. If low water use plants are mixed with moderate water use plants in the same hydrozone, the moderate water use factor is used for water use calculations. See Hydrozone exhibit and table.

5. The irrigation system utilizes low-volume distribution system with a master valve, flow sensor, check valves, ET based automatic controllers with Cycle+Soak and water budgeting capability, weather station, rain shut-off.

6. All tree, shrub and groundcover areas will be dressed with 3" layer of mulch moisture retention and to discourage weeds.

7. Planting and irrigation plans comply with the standards set forth in local municipal code and water consevation ordinance.

8. The use of turf is eliminated.

LANDSCAPE WATER CONSERVATION STATEMENT
Water conservation is achieved in this landscape construction document as described below.

IRRIGATION NOTES

THE CALIFORNIA PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION MANDATES THAT, IN THE INTEREST

OF PUBLIC SAFETY, MAIN LINE GAS VALVES BE MAINTAINED IN A MANNER TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE AND IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL NOTIFY THE GAS COMPANY'S HEADQUARTERS PLANNING OFFICE AT LEAST TWO (2) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.

3. SYSTEM INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IS DIAGRAMMATIC. ALL EQUIPMENT

SHOWN IN PAVED AREAS IS FOR GRAPHIC DESIGN CLARIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED IN SHRUB PLANTED AREAS RATHER THAN TURF AREAS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. AVOID ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, PLANTING OR ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES.

4. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL FLUSH AND ADJUST ALL SPRINKLER HEADS FOR

OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE, WATER CONSERVATION AND PREVENTION OF OVERSPRAY ONTO WALKS AND ROADWAYS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. THIS SHALL

INCLUDE SELECTING THE BEST DEGREE OF ARC TO FIT THE EXISTING SITE

CONDITION AND TO THROTTLE THE FLOW CONTROL AT EACH VALVE TO OBTAIN THE OPTIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE FOR EACH SYSTEM.

5. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT INSTALL THE SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON THE

DRAWINGS WHEN IT IS OBVIOUS THAT OBSTRUCTION, GRADE DIFFERENCES OR AREA DIMENSION DIFFERENCES EXIST. NOTIFY THE OWNER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. IN THE EVENT THAT NOTIFICATION IS NOT MADE, THE IRRIGATION

CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR NECESSARY CHANGES AND WORK.

6. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL GRADE DIFFERENCES, WALL LOCATIONS, ETC., THAT WILL EFFECT HIS WORK. ALSO, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND

OTHERS FOR LOCATING PIPE AND WIRE SLEEVES THROUGH WALLS, STRUCTURES, UNDER ROAD PAVING, ETC.

7. INSTALL ALL HEADS USING TRIPLE-SWING JOINTS PER DETAILS AND USE POP-UPHEADS WHEREVER PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC COULD OCCUR. INSTALL ALL MAINLINE UNDER PAVING 36" DEEP IN SLEEVES TWICE THE SIZE OF THE PIPE BEING SLEEVED. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT PER LOCAL CODES.

8. THE IRRIGATION DESIGN IS BASED ON A MINIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OF 64 PSI AND MAXIMUM DEMAND OF 8 GPM AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION.

9. A 120 VOLT ELECTRICAL POWER OUTL ET AT EACH AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER LOCATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IT SHALL BE THE

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE NECESSARY

POWER SOURCES AND TO MAKE THE FINAL HOOK-UP FROM THE ELECTRICAL

OUTLET TO THE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER(S), INCLUDING PROPER GROUNDING AS REQUIRED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

10. PRIOR TO BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING STATIONS AT ADJACENT

WORK AREA AND DETERMINE VALVES CONTROLLING HEADS INDICATED FOR CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY VALVE SIZE AND EXISTING GPM FLOW PRIOR TO ADDING NEW HEADS. ALSO, SPACING AND

COVERAGE SHALL BE VERIFIED AND NECESSARY PROVISION IN BID MADE FOR REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS AND MODIFICATIONS TO ACHIEVE PROPER COVERAGE.

11. ALL POP-UP TYPE SPRINKLER HEADS INSTALLED IN SHRUB OR GROUND COVER AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD IS 1" ABOVE FINISH GRADE.

12. ALL POP-UP TYPE SPRINKLER HEADS INSTALLED IN LAWN AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED

SO THAT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD IS FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SIDEWALK OR CURB.

13. IN OPEN SEEDED LAWN AREAS, SET TOP OF POP-UP TYPE SPRINKLER HEADS 3" ABOVE FINISH GRADE UNTIL LAWN IS ESTABLISHED. LOWERING OF ALL LAWN

HEADS BY THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SO THAT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD IS 1/2" ABOVE FINISH GRADE SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER NOTIFICATION BY THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE.

14. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE SET PERPENDICULAR TO FINISH GRADE OF THE AREA TO BE IRRIGATED UNLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNATED ON THE PLANS.

15. EXISTING TREES - WHERE IT IS NECESSARY TO EXCAVATE ADJACENT TO EXISTING

TREES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE ALL POSSIBLE CARE TO AVOID INJURY TO TREES AND TREE ROOTS. EXCAVATION IN AREAS WHERE TWO (2) INCH AND LARGER ROOTS OCCUR SHAL BE DONE BY HAND. ALL ROOTS TWO (2) INCHES

AND LARGER IN DIAMETER, EXCEPT DIRECTLY IN THE PATH OF PIPE OR CONDUIT,

SHALL BE TUNNELED UNDER AND SHALL BE HEAVILY WRAPPED WITH BURLAP TO PREVENT SCARRING OR EXCESSIVE DRYING. WHERE A TRENCHING MACHINE IS RUN CLOSE TO TREES HAVING ROOTS SMALLER THAT TWO (2) INCHES IN DIAMETER,

THE WALL OF THE TRENCH ADJACENT TO THE TREE SHALL BE HAND TRIMMED, MAKING CLEAN CUTS THROUGH. ROOTS ONE (1) INCH AND LARGER IN DIAMETER SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF TREE SEAL, OR EQUAL. TRENCHES ADJACENT TO TREE SHOULD BE CLOSED WITHIN TWENTY FOUR (24) HOURS; AND

WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, THE SIDE OF THE TRENCH ADJACENT TO THE TREE SHALL BE KEPT SHADED WITH BURLAP OR CANVAS.

1. EXISTING UTILITIES - INFORMATION ON THE DRAWINGS RELATING TO EXISTINGUTILITY LINES AND SERVICES IS FROM THE BEST SOURCES AVAILABLE. ALL SUCH INFORMATION IS FURNISHED ONLY FOR INFORMATION AND IS NOT GUARANTEED.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE TEST PITS AS REQUIRED TO DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES. CALL UTILITY LOCATING SERVICE FOR PRECISE UTILITY LOCATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING ANY WORK. UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (800) 227-2600.

2. UTILITY REQUIREMENTS - THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE FOLLOWING AGENCIES AT LEAST 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF EXCAVATING AROUND ANY OF THEIR STRUCTURES. THE UTILITY COMPANIES LISTED BELOW SHALL BE CONTACTED:
- GAS COMPANY
- TELEPHONE COMPANY
- ELECTRICAL
- POWER COMPANY
- CABLE TELEVISION COMPANY
- WATER SUPPLY COMPANY
MWELO Appendix B – Water Efficient Landscape Worksheet
Project Name: Manhattan
Beach - Lot
Project Location: Orange, CA
Reference Evapotranspiration (Eto): CIMIS
Station Redondo Beach 42.6 ETAF Non-Residential 0.45 Hydrozone Planting Description Plants' Water
Use Plant Factor (PF) Shade/Sun Irrigation Method Nozzle Type Irrigation Efficiency (IE) ETAF (PF/IE) Landscape Area
(sq.ft.)
ETAF x
Area
Estimated Total
Water Use
(ETWU)
Regular Landscape Area
HZ-1 Tree Low 0.2 Sun Root Watering System 0.81 0.25 100 24.7 652 HZ-2 Tree Medium 0.5 Sun Root Watering System 0.81 0.62 75 46.3 1,223 HZ-3 Shrub/GC/Vine Low 0.2 Sun Micro Spray-RAINBIRD SQ 2.5' 0.75 0.27 1,153 307.5 8,121 (A) (B)
Totals 1,328 378 9,996
Special Landscape Areas
SLA-1 No SLA 10 0 0
SLA-2 No SLA 10 0 0
(C) (D)
Totals 0 0 0
ETWU Total
9,996
Maximum
Allowed
Water
15,784
ETWU (Annual Gallons Required) = ETo x 0.62 x ETAF x Area

0.62 is a
conversion
MAWA (Annual Gallons Allowed) = Eto x 0.62 x [ (ETAF x LA) + ((1-ETAF) X SLA)] ETAF Calculations Average
ETAF for
Regular Landscape Areas All Landscape Areas
Total ETAF x Area (B) 378.5 Total ETAF x Area (B+D) 378.5 Total Area (A) 1328 Total Area (A+C) 1,328
Average ETAF (B/A) 0.28 Sitewide ETAF (B+D) / (A+C) 0.28

Peak Month Watering Schedule
Monthly adjustments shall be made by inputting monthly water budgeting factor in automatic controller program.

Soak Time between Cycles for Cycle and Soak: 15 min. **Micro Climate: 1=Sun, 0.7=Shade Cycle Starting Time: 3:00 AM
* Frequency of watering 1 = Everyday 7= Once a week (Every 7 days) 2 = Every 2 days (3 times/ week)
3= Every 3 days (2 times/ week)
Hydrozone Controller station no. Irrigation Method
Frequency of
watering *
Number of Cycles
Run Time
(minutes)
No. of valve
stations per Hz
Runtime per HZ
Plant Description
Micro Climate**
(Sun/Shade)
HZ-1 2 Root Watering System 11 2 12 Tree Sun
HZ-2 4 Root Watering System 11 4 14 Tree Sun
HZ-3 1, 3, 5 Micro Spray-RAINBIRD SQ

2.5' 11 2 36 Shrub/GC/Vine Sun
12 0.20

***Total watering minutes/hours do not include the time for valves open and close.

This schedule provides schedule for daily watering in highest Eto month (July) as baseline schedule.

Total minutes***
Total Hours**
Since an accurate agricultural soils analysis will not be performed until after site grading is done but prior to landscape ins tallation, adjustments in watering time and cycle may be needed depending on the final site conditions and soil type.

This irrigation watering schedule has been prepared as a part of landscape documentation package prior to construction.

Peak Month Watering Schedule- Establishment Period (150% of normal schedule) Monthly adjustments shall be made by inputting monthly water budgeting factor in automatic controller program.

Soak Time between Cycles for Cycle and Soak: 15 min. Micro Climate*: 1=Sun, 0.7=Shade Cycle Starting Time: 3:00 AM
* Frequency of watering 1 = Everyday
2 = Ev ery 2 days (3 times/ week)
3= Every 3 days (2 times/ week)
Hydrozone Controller station no. Irrigation Method
Frequency of
watering
Number of Cycles
Run Time
(minutes)
no. of valve stations
per Hz
Runtime per HZ
Plant Description
Micro Climate*
(Sun/Shade)
HZ-1 2 Root Watering System 11 3 13 Tree Sun
HZ-2 4 Root Watering System 11 6 16 Tree Sun
HZ-3 1, 3, 5 Micro Spray-RAINBIRD SQ

2.5' 11 3 39 Shrub/GC/Vine Sun
18 0.30

***Total watering minutes/hours do not include the time for valves open and close.

Since an accurate agricultural soils analysis will not be performed until after site grading is done but prior to landscape ins tallation, adjustments in watering time and cycle may be needed depending on the final site conditions and soil type.

This schedule provides schedule for daily watering in highest Eto month (July) as baseline schedule.

Total minutes**
Total Hours**
This irrigation watering schedule has been prepared as a part of landscape documentation package prior to construction. 667

IRRIGATION DETAILS
Conceptual Design & Planning Company, Mar 10, 2025 8:56am P:\25\25011 Manhattan Beach Parking Lot\Land\CDs\CD01- 24X36\ 25011- ID.dwg MarcEscobar 1675 Scenic Drive, Suite 200
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
T: 949.399.0870
www.cdpcinc.com
conceptual design + planning company

COSTA MESA LAS VEGASCENTRAL COAST
R
IHC
6 1
T
7 I A
E
EA
C
P
V I
D
S
L
T
L
. OD A
CN
Exp. Date
Signature
4 B A
N
LA
DateE O
A
RT F
ET
E
J
I
G
TS
C
D
M
RE
July 31, 2025
I
OF
E
N
S S
A
R
E
A March 10, 2025
Know what's below.
before you dig.Call
R
This document contains proprietary information for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review. This document and its contents may not be used by any others without prior written consent of CDPC. Written dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions, and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of CDPC prior to commencement of work.

TYPICAL 2.5' SQUARE PATTERN MICRO SPRAY LAYOUT

FINISH GRADE

TRIPLE SWING JOINT
PLAN
SCHEDULE 40 ELL

ELEVATION
12" NIPPLE

TEE OR ELL
SCHEDULE 40 ELL
SCHEDULE 80 PVC RISER

MARLEX STREET ELL
NOTE:

TRIPLE SWING JOINT WITH SPRAY HEADS AND QUICK COUPLER.

ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE SCH. 80 PVC UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

SCHEDULE 80 PVC RISER MAIN OR LATERAL LINE

TEE OR ELL

MARLEX STREET ELL

MARLEX STREET ELL

LATERAL LINE (MAIN LINE

FOR QUICK COUPLER)

POP-UP SPRINKLER
12" NIPPLE

QUICK COUPLER VALVE
NOTE:

INSTALL WITH TRIPLE SWING JOINT.

INSTALL VALVE BOXES WITHIN 6" OF HARDSCAPE EDGE/SIDEWALK IN SHRUB / GROUND COVER PLANTING AREA WHERE EASILY ACCESSIBLE.

QUICK COUPLING VALVE

FINISH GRADE
CLAMPS
#4 RE-BAR STAKE
SCH 80 NIPPLE

STEEL SCREW

STAINLESS
(24" LONG)
PVC 90 STREET ELL
PVC 90 STREET ELLS

MAINLINE
SCH 80 NIPPLE
1 C.F. PEA GRAVEL
6" MIN.
2"
18" MAX.
18" MIN.

NDS ROUND VALVE BOX W/ 2"

LETTER 'QC' BRANDED ON

LOCKING LID
2" x 4" RWD. BLOCKS OR

MASONARY BRICK

FILTER FABRIC

BELOW GRAVEL

PRESSURE MAINLINE

FITTING

FINISH SURFACE

FINISH GRADE
2"

MULCH PER PLANTING PLAN

TRENCHING
18" MIN. OTHERWISE
24" MIN. UNDER PAVEMENT
12" MIN. OTHERWISE
6"
36" MIN. UNDER PAVEMENT

CURB, PAVEMENT

OR HARDSCAPE

STRUCTURE

DIRECT BURIAL LOW

VOLTAGE CONTROL

WIRES, TAPED TO
MAINLINE PIPE @ MAX.
10' O.C.

PRESSURE LINE
(MAIN PIPE)

NON-PRESSURE LINE
(LATERAL PIPE)
NOTE: IRRIGATION SLEEVING SHALL EXTEND
MIN. 12" BEYOND EDGE OF HARDSCAPE INTO

LANDSCAPE AREA

WATER PROOF WIRE

CONNECTION PER DETAIL
NOTE:

LOCATE VALVE BOXES WITHIN 6" OF HARDSCAPE EDGE/SIDEWALK WHERE EASILY ACCESSIBLE, IN SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER PLANTING AREA WHERE POSSIBLE.

RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX W/ 2" LETTER
'MV' BRANDED ON LOCKING LID, NDS,

CARSON OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT
24" EXPANSION CURLS
`
PVC SCH 80 UNION

REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
1 CU. FT. PEA GRAVEL

PVC ELL

PVC NIPPLE

FLOW MAINLINE FROM

BACKFLOW

MASTER VALVE
2" x 4" RWD. BLOCKS OR

MASONARY BRICK

TO SPRINKLERS, ANGLE

TO SPECIFIED DEPTH
W/45 DEGREE ELLS

FILTER FABRIC BELOW
GRAVEL

COMMON WIRE TO

NEXT VALVE
6" MAX.
6" MIN.
18" MAX.

FINISH GRADE
2"

HARDSCAPE

CONTROL AND COMMON

WIRES TO CONTROLLER
PVC SCH 80 UNION

MULCH PER

PLANTING PLAN
NOTE:

FILL OUTER CASE WITH SEALER PRIOR TO FINAL

ASSEMBLY USE RAINBIRD 'SNAP TITE' OR APPROVED
EQUAL

CRIMP SLEEVE INSTALLED

WITH RECOMMENDED
TOOL
6" MIN.
12" MAX.

RCV 1 RCV 2 QC
BV 12" MIN.
12" MIN. 12" MIN.

NOTE:

PLACE ALL VALVE BOXES 12" MINIMUM
APART, 6" MINIMUM - 12" MAXIMUM

AWAY FROM HARDSCAPE EDGE

EDGE OF PAVING

OR BACK OF CURB

PLANTING AREA

TWIST WIRES FOR PROPER

CONNECTION

LOW VOLTAGE WIRES

OUTER CASE OF

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR INSERT

VALVE BOX PLACEMENT WIRE CONNECTION

FLOW SENSOR/METER

DIRECT-BURIAL TWISTED SOLID

COPPER, SHIELDED PAIR CABLE
CONDUCTOR, MIN. 20 AWG.

TO TRANSMITTER IN CONTROLLER

ENCLOSURE, DO NOT EXCEED
2,000 FEET. PROVIDE 24"

SERVUCE LOOP IN VALVE BOX
2" IN SHRUB AREAS

FLUSH IN TURF AREA
JUMBO PLASTIC VALVE BOX W/ (2)-6" EXTENSIONS,
BRAND 2" LETTER 'FM' BRANDED ON LOCKING
COVER
MIN. DISTANCE FROM SENSOR TO FITTINGS,

PIPE SIZE OR DIRECTION CHANGE
FLOW
FINISH GRADE6" MIN.
18" MAX.

MIN. OF 10 x PIPE DIA.

STRAIGHT PIPE
MIN. OF 5 x PIPE DIA.

STRAIGHT PIPE 6" DEEP PEA GRAVEL SUMP

WITH FILTER FABRIC BELOW

TEE-MOUNTED FLOW SENSOR

PER SPEC, HAND-TIGHTEN

RETAINER NUT TO TEE, INSTALL

PER MFGR'S INSTRUCTION

WATERPROOF CONNECTORS

MAIN LINE TO
VALVES

HARDSCAPE
4" MIN.4" MIN.
2" x 4" RWD. BLOCK OR
COMMON BRICK, (4) PER BOX

MAIN LINE FROM

MASTER VALVE

PEDESTAL-MOUNT CONTROLLER
1-1/2"

FINISH GRADE
2" DIA. SWEEP ELBOW
6"

PANEL BOARD
NOTE:

MOUNT WEATHER SENSOR ON TOP OF 10' POLE. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION IN FIELD. LOCATION TO BE OPEN TO WEATHER, WITHOUT OVERHEAD OBSTRUCTIONS.
2% 2%

STAINLESS STEEL

ENCLOSURE PER

IRRIGATION LEGEND

CONTROL WIRES SHALL BE

TIED INSIDE HOUSING

AND WIRED TO TERMINAL

STRIP- NUMBER WIRES
1/2" DIA. x 4" LONG CADMIUM-
PLATED 'J' ANCHOR BOLTS - 4
PLACES

COMMON AND CONTROL WIRE BUNDLE
TAPE WIRES W/ ELECTRICAL TAPE @
10'-0" MAX.

AUTOMATIC IRRIG.

CONTROL UNIT

ATTACHED TO HOUSING

J-BOX W/ POWER ON-OFF

SWITCH FOR CONTROLLER

AND SINGLE GFCI

RECEPTACLE
CONC. FOOTING
(30" x 23" x 6" THICK)
ELEC. SWEEP ELL &

CONDUIT TO SOURCE

PER CODE

GROUNDING ROD OR PLATE
PER MFG. INSTRUCTION

BALL VALVE
PVC SCH 80 UNION

PVC MALE ADAPTOR
NOTE:

LOCATE VALVE BOXES WITHIN 6" OF HARDSCAPE EDGE/SIDEWALK WHERE EASILY ACCESSIBLE, IN SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER PLANTING AREA WHERE POSSIBLE.

MAINLINE
FINISH GRADE 6" MIN.

BALL VALVE
NDS RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX W/ 2"
LETTER 'BV' BRANDED ON LOCKING LID 18" MAX.

PVC SCH 80 THREADED NIPPLE
2" x 4" RWD. BLOCKS OR

MASONARY BRICK
6" MAX.

FILTER FABRIC BELOW
GRAVEL

FINISH GRADE

MULCH PER PLANTING PLAN
2"

FINISH SURFACE
1 CF. PEA GRAVEL

POP-UP SPRAY HEAD

FINISH GRADE

PVC LATERAL LINE

HARDSCAPE -
12" FOR SMALL RADIUS SHRUB

SPRAY, MICRO SPRAY OR
STREAM BUBBLER NOZZLES 24"

FOR ROTATOR OR ROTOR
NOZZLES.

TOP OF HEADS AT 1"

ABOVE FINISH GRADE IN
LAWN, 1-1/2" IN SHRUB
AREA
6" SCH 80 PVC

NIPPLE THREADED

BOTH ENDS

MARLEX STREET
ELL

TREE TRUNK
6" 6"

ROOTBALL

POP-UP STREAM

BUBBLER HEAD,
(2) EACH TREE,

ONE EACH SIDE

PLANTING PIT

WITH BACKFILL

PER PLANTING
DETAIL

EDGE OF

PLANTING PIT

TREE STREAM HEAD PLACEMENT

PRESSURE REGULATING

POP-UP HEAD

TREE TRUNK

LATERAL PIPE

PLANTING PIT
6"

BUBBLER
HEAD

ROOTBALL

SECTION

PLAN VIEW
6"

MARLEX STREET ELL
SCH40 ELL
NOTE:

USE TRIPLE SWING JOINT

REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
18" MAX.
6" MIN.

REMOTE CONTROL VALVE PER SPEC

FINISH SURFACE

COMMON WIRES CONTROL WIRE
24" EXPANSION CURLS
RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX W/ VALVE I.D.

NO. BRANDED ON LOCKING LID, NDS,

CARSON OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT

BASKET FILTER WHERE INDICATED ON

LEGEND/ PLAN STATION NUMBER ID TAG
SCH 40 OR CLASS
315 PVC MAINLINE
SCH 80 PVC MAINLINE
FITTINGSNOTE:

LOCATE VALVE BOXES WITHIN 6" OF HARDSCAPE EDGE/SIDEWALK WHERE EASILY ACCESSIBLE, IN SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER PLANTING AREA WHERE POSSIBLE.

PVC SCH 80 UNION
CLASS 200 OR SCH. 40 PVC

LATERAL TO SPRINKLERS,

ANGLE TO SPECIFIED DEPTH
WITH 45° ELLS

FILTER FABRIC BELOW GRAVEL
6" MAX.

PVC SCH 80 UNION

PVC ELL

PVC NIPPLE
1 CU. FT. PEA GRAVEL
2" x 4" RWD. BLOCK

FINISH GRADE
2"

PRS DIAL PER SPEC

WATER-PROOF WIRE CONNECTION

MULCH PER

PLANTING PLAN

PVC LATERAL LINE
4"

DRIP EMITTER / BUBBLER ON RISER

MARLEX STREET ELL

THREADED BOTH ENDS
PVC SCH 80 PVC NIPPLE

MARLEX STREET ELL

FINISH GRADE

PRESSURE REGULATING SHRUB ADAPTER
PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE

INLINE CHECK VALVE, HUNTER
HC-50F-50F OR APPROVED EQUAL

BUBBLER OR DRIP NOZZLE PER

IRRIGATION LEGEND

MULCH PER PLANTING PLAN

PVC TEE OR ELL
2" MAX.

NOTE:

DO NOT INSTALL IN AREA IN PLANTERS WHERE

PEDESTRIAN CROSS ACCESS IS EXPECTED
ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE SCH. 80 PVC
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. USE PVC STREET ELLS
W/ TEFLON TAPE FOR ALL PUBLIC PROJECT WORK.

EDGE OF PLANT ROOT BALL
668

LIMIT OF WORK

LIMIT OF WORK
LIM

IT OF W
ORK
LIM

IT OF W
ORK
K
SOIL SAMPLE LOCATION # 1
SOIL SAMPLE LOCATION # 2
3 B
4 A
3 AS
11 FS
15 CJ
6 DO
3 AS
9 FS
5 CJ
6 CJ
3 AS
12 FS
5 CJ
16 FS
5 CJ
16 FS
3 CJ
30 FS
3 AS
6 CJ
6 CJ

PARKING LIGHT PER ELECTRICAL PLAN,
TYP.

PARKING LOT STRIPING AND ASPHALT PAVING PER
CIVIL ENGINEER'S PLAN, TYP.

BIKE RACKS PER

ARCHITECT'S
PLAN, TYP.

EV CHARGING STATIONS PER
ARCHITECT'S PLAN, TYP.
2 ALUMINUM HEADER

CONCRETE SIDEWALK PER CIVIL
ENGINEER'S PLAN, TYP.

CURB RAMP PER CIVIL ENGINEER'S PLAN, TYP.

EXISTING SIDEWALK TO REMAIN,

PROTECT IN PLACE
1 DECORATIVE ROCK

EXISTING WATER METER

VERIFY IN FIELD

EXISTING PLANTING TO REMAIN

AND BE IRRIGATED FROM ONSITE

IRRIGATION SYSTEM

CONTROLLER LOCATION

PER IRRIGATION PLAN
TRASH ENCLOSURE PER ARCHITECT'S PLAN, TYP.

NOTE:

EXISTING PALMS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. RE-INSTALL BOULDERS IF MOVED DURING IRRIGATION RENOVATION.

PRESERVE EXISTING EUPHORBIA, REPLACE IF DAMAGED WITH 5
GALLON MATERIAL. ADD ADDITIONAL PLANTS AS REQUIRED BY
CITY AS PART OF MAINTENANCE.
24" BOX
Botanical NameSymbol SizeCommon NameKey
A
B
Low
WUCOL
Region

PLANTING LEGEND
(SUNSET ZONE 24)
24" BOX

SOILS REPORT
STANDARD FORM TREES SHALL MEET MINIMUM D.B.H.
(DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT) SIZE AS FOLLOWS:
24" BOX : 1-1/2" TO 2"

SOIL TESTING SHALL OCCUR AFTER ROUGH GRADING AND SOIL IMPORT (IF REQUIRED) HAS BEEN COMPLETED, BUT PRIOR TO START OF ANY LANDSCAPE RELATED WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A STANDARD SOILS TEST FOR AGRICULTURAL SUITABILITY AND FERTILITY PREPARED BY AN APPROVED AGRICULTURAL TESTING LABORATORY. REPORT SHALL CONTAIN STANDARD SOIL TESTING DATA AND SHALL ALSO INCLUDE SOIL

INFILTRATION RATE, SOIL TEXTURE AND PERCENTAGE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL CONTENT FOR EACH SAMPLE, AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOIL PREPARATION AND BACKFILL MIX. THIS REPORT SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE OWNER AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION. TWO SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN AT EACH LOCATION INDICATED ON THE PLANTING PLAN, ONE AT GROUND LEVEL TO 10" DEEP, THE OTHER AT 24" TO 36" DEEP. EACH SAMPLE SHALL CONTAIN APPROXIMATELY ONE QUART OF SOIL AND BE LABELED BY LOCATION AND DEPTH.

SOIL SAMPLE LOCATION, (2) LOCATIONS TOTAL
REFER TO PLANTING NOTES #11
Sym. Key Botanical Name Common Name WUCOLS
SHRUBS
Size
(Region 3)
5 GALLON
1 GALLON

SIZING LEGEND
GRAPHIC SYMBOLS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER WRITTEN QUANTITIES AND KEYS ON PLAN.

INDICATES SPECIES

INDICATES QUANTITY

HARDSCAPE LEGEND

DECORATIVE ROCK

MINER'S GOLD CRUSHED ROCK
SIZE: 3"-4"
INSTALL 3" LAYER OVER WEED FABRIC
COLOR: GOLDEN BROWN
AVAILABLE THROUGH: SOUTHWEST BOULDER
CONTACT: (760) 685-0202

CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT A PHYSICAL SAMPLE AS WELL AS A WRITTEN

SPECIFICATION FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION
24" BOX ModMetrosideros excelsa New Zealand Christmas tree AS gallon Low5Agave 'Sharkskin' Sharkskin Agave
EC gallon Low1Echeveria 'Curly Locks' Curly Locks
Kalanchoe luciae Paddle Plant 1 gal. @ 18" o.c. Low
FS Festuca 'Mairei' Atlas Fescue gallon Low1
CJ Callistemon vimimalis 'Little John' Dwarf Bottlebrush gallon Low 5 DO Dodonaea viscosa 'Purpurea' Purple Hopseed Bush gallon Low5

GROUND COVERS
1 2 ALUMINUM HEADER

CLEANLINE XL ALUMINUM EDGING INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S DETAIL SIZE: 3/16" X 6"
AVAILABLE THROUGH: PERMALOC
CONTACT: (616) 399-9600
SHEET #
LS-5
TREES

EXISTING PALM
Australian WillowGeijera parvifolia

AFTER OBTAINING APPROVAL OF THE AGRICULTURAL SUITABILITY REPORT, AND A MINIMUM OF TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLANTING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE OWNER / OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PLANT MATERIAL PHOTOS FOR APPROVAL. IF REQUESTED BY THE OWNER, THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT WILL TAG THE TREE MATERIAL.

ONE PHOTOGRAPH OF EACH SPECIES SPECIFIED ON PLAN SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. SUBMIT PRINTED PHOTO SUBMITTAL, OR DIGITAL PHOTOS BOUND TO ONE PDF FILE OF REASONABLE FILE SIZE, LESS THAN 5 MB, WILL BE ACCEPTED.

NO PARTIAL OR INCOMPLETE SUBMITTAL WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR REVIEW. ANY REJECTED SPECIES SHALL BE SUBJECT TO RESUBMITTAL.

EACH PHOTO SHALL CLEARLY SHOW FORM OF THE CROWN AND BRANCHING STRUCTURE OF A SINGLE PLANT WITHOUT OTHER TREES IN THE BACKGROUND.

EACH PHOTO SHALL BE LABELED WITH PLANT NAME, CONTAINER SIZE, SPECIFICATIONS (HEIGHT x CROWN, D.B.H. FOR TREES).

TREE PHOTO SHALL HAVE A MEASURING POLE OR A PERSON IN THE PHOTO FOR RELATIVE SCALE.

PLANTS DELIVERED TO THE PROJECT SITE WILL BE COMPARED TO THE APPROVED SUBMTITALS. IF THE PLANTS DELIVERED ARE FOUND TO BE SUBSTANDARD, THEY MAY BE REJECTED AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE.

SUBMIT CUT SHEETS OF ALL LANDSCAPE SUPPLIES THAT WILL BE USED FOR LANDSCAPE INSTALLATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

PLANT MATERIAL APPROVAL /LANDSCAPE SUPPLY SUBMITTAL

TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING PLAN
Conceptual Design & Planning Company, Mar 10, 2025 9:24am P:\25\25011 Manhattan Beach Parking Lot\Land\CDs\CD01- 24X36\ 25011- P.dwg MarcEscobar 1675 Scenic Drive, Suite 200
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
T: 949.399.0870
www.cdpcinc.com
conceptual design + planning company

COSTA MESA LAS VEGASCENTRAL COAST
R
IHC
6 1
T
7 I A
E
EA
C
P
V I
D
S
L
T
L
. OD A
CN
Exp. Date
Signature
4 B A
N
LA
DateE O
A
RT F
ET
E
J
I
G
TS
C
D
M
RE
July 31, 2025
I
OF
E
N
S S
A
R
E
A March 10, 2025
Know what's below.
before you dig.Call
R
This document contains proprietary information for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review. This document and its contents may not be used by any others without prior written consent of CDPC. Written dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions, and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of CDPC prior to commencement of work.

NORTH

GROSS SITE AREA
MIN. LANDSCAPE REQUIRED

TOTAL LANDSCAPE AREA

PLANTING AREA

TURF AREA
S.F.
%
S.F. (6.99 %)
S.F.

S.F.
19,000
1,328

LANDSCAPE AREA TABULATION
5 1,328
0 0' 10' 20'5' 30'
SCALE:1"=10'

SEE STRIPING AND SIGNAGE PLAN
669

PLANTING DETAILS & NOTES
Conceptual Design & Planning Company, Mar 11, 2025 5:19pm P:\25\25011 Manhattan Beach Parking Lot\Land\CDs\CD01- 24X36\ 25011- PD.dwg MarcEscobar 1675 Scenic Drive, Suite 200
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
T: 949.399.0870
www.cdpcinc.com
conceptual design + planning company

COSTA MESA LAS VEGASCENTRAL COAST
R
IHC
6 1
T
7 I A
E
EA
C
P
V I
D
S
L
T
L
. OD A
CN
Exp. Date
Signature
4 B A
N
LA
DateE O
A
RT F
ET
E
J
I
G
TS
C
D
M
RE
July 31, 2025
I
OF
E
N
S S
A
R
E
A March 10, 2025
Know what's below.
before you dig.Call
R
This document contains proprietary information for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review. This document and its contents may not be used by any others without prior written consent of CDPC. Written dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions, and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of CDPC prior to commencement of work.

16. AFTER AMENDING SOIL, BUT PRIOR TO PLANTING, CONTRACTOR SHALL

PERFORM PERCOLATION TEST AT SELECTED LOCATION(S) SHOWN ON TREE PLANTING PLAN. NOTIFY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE TEST. TEST AS FOLLOWS. CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD THE RESULT AND SUBMIT TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT:
 DIG 24" BOX-SIZE PIT AND SCARIFY THE SIDES; FILL WITH CLEAN WATER BY HOSE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PIT AND LET IT DRAIN.
 IMMEDIATELY AFTER IT DRAINS COMPLETELY, REFILL 12" DEEP WITH CLEAN WATER AND RECORD THE WATER LEVEL AS IT DRAINS.

IF THE SECOND REFILLED WATER DRAINS 2 INCHES PER ONE HOUR OR FASTER, TREE MAY BE INSTALLED WITHOUT DRAIN SUMP. IF THE WATER DRAINS SLOWER,

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND INSTALL THE DRAIN SUMP PER DETAILS.

THE CALIFORNIA PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION MANDATES THAT, IN THE INTEREST

OF PUBLIC SAFETY, MAIN LINE GAS VALVES BE MAINTAINED IN A MANNER TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE AND IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL NOTIFY THE GAS COMPANY'S HEADQUARTERS PLANNING OFFICE AT LEAST TWO (2) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.

3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING HIMSELF FAMILIAR WITH ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES, PIPES AND STRUCTURES. CONTRACTOR SHALL

TAKE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY COST INCURRED DUE TO DAMAGE OF SAID UTILITIES.

4. DO NOT WILLFULLY PROCEED WITH PLANTING AS DESIGNED WHEN IT IS

OBVIOUS THAT UNKNOWN OBSTRUCTIONS, GRADE DIFFERENCES AND/OR

AREA DIFFERENCES EXIST THAT MAY NOT HAVE BEEN KNOWN DURING DESIGN. SUCH CONDITIONS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL

RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL NECESSARY REVISIONS DUE TO FAILURE TO GIVE SUCH NOTIFICATION.

9. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR TO RECEIVE SITE GRADED TO +/-0.10 FOOT.

CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN LETTER OF GRADE CERTIFICATION FROM OWNER PRIOR TO PROJECT EXECUTION.

5. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH ANY

SUBCONTRACTORS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH LANDSCAPE INSTALLATION OPERATIONS.

11. SOIL TESTING: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A SOILS TEST FOR AGRICULTURAL

SUITABILITY AND FERTILITY PREPARED BY AN APPROVED AGRICULTURAL TESTING LABORATORY. SOIL TESTING SHALL OCCUR AFTER ALL SOIL HAS BEEN IMPORTED TO THE SITE AND ROUGH GRADE ESTABLISHED, BUT PRIOR TO SOIL PREPARATION. REPORT SHALL CONTAIN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOIL PREPARATION AND BACKFILL MIX.

REPORT SHALL CONTAIN STANDARD SOIL TESTING DATA AND SHALL ALSO INCLUDE SOIL INFILTRATION RATE, SOIL TEXTURE, PH, TOTAL SOLUBLE SALTS, SODIUM AND % OF

ORGANIC MATERIAL CONTENT FOR EACH SAMPLE, AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOIL PREPARATION AND BACKFILL MIX.. THIS REPORT SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE OWNER AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION.

TWO (2) SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN AT EACH OF THE MINIMUM OF TWO (2) LOCATIONS. FROM ONE LOCATION, TAKE (1) SAMPLE AT 10" DEEP AND (1) SAMPLE FROM 24" TO 36" DEEP. EACH SAMPLE SHALL CONTAIN APPROXIMATELY ONE

QUART OF SOIL AND BE LABELED PER LOCATION AND DEPTH, AND TESTED SEPARATELY. SEE PLANTING PLAN FOR SAMPLE LOCATIONS.

15. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES, CONCRETE AND OTHER DEBRIS MAY BE CRUSHED AND REUSED AS FILL IN PLANTING AREA. SHOULD IMPORT SOIL BE NECESSARY, INDICATE SOURCE LOCATION. SOIL SHALL BE SANDY LOAM CONTAINING NO TOXIC CHEMICALS. SUBMIT AGRICULTURAL SUITABILITY

AND FERTILITY TESTING FOR THIS IMPORT TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVED PRIOR TO SOIL IMPORTATION. TEST REPORT SHALL INCLUDE SOIL

AMENDMENT RECOMMENDATIONS AND BE DONE BY AN APPROVED
CALIFORNIA ASSOCIATION OF AGRICULTURAL LABORATORIES MEMBER.

7. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTING REQUIREMENTS, MATERIALS AND EXECUTION. SEE DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR STAKING METHOD, PLANT PIT DIMENSIONS AND BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS.

12. SOIL PREPARATION: FOR BID PURPOSES, ASSUME THE ROTOTILLING OF THE FOLLOWING AMENDMENTS INTO THE SOIL AT RATES INDICATED PER 1,000 SQUARE FEET:

13. BACKFILL: FOR BID PURPOSES, FOLLOW THE PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS SECTION VIII, H.

14. ABOVE SOIL PREPARATION AND BACKFILL SPECIFICATIONS ARE FOR BIDDING PURPOSE ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO AMEND SOIL AND PREPARE BACKFILL IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SOIL FERTILITY ANALYSIS RECOMMENDATIONS.

17. CONTRACTOR'S INITIAL BID SHALL INCLUDE DRAIN SUMP WITH COST ITEMIZED.

IF THE TEST PROVES THAT IT IS NOT NECESSARY, SUPPLY CREDIT TO THE OWNER.

18. ALL SHRUB/GROUNDCOVER AREAS SHALL BE TOP DRESSED WITH A 3" DEEP

LAYER OF SHREDDED, COMPOSTED WOOD FIBER MULCH 'FOREST FLOOR' (1/2" TO1-1/2" PIECES) BY AGUINAGA FERTILIZER COMPANY (949)786-9558 OR APPROVED EQUAL.

19. CONCRETE MOWSTRIP, REDWOOD HEADERBOARD OR STEEL EDIGNG SHALL

BE INSTALLED PER DETAIL WHEREVER GROUNDCOVER AREAS MEET TURF AREAS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.

20. PLANT MATERIAL APPROVAL: AFTER OBTAINING APPROVAL FOR AGRICULTURAL

SOILS REPORT AND AMENDMENTS, AND TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLANTING,

CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT ONE PRINTED COLOR

PHOTOGRAPH OF EACH SPECIES AND SIZE PLANT MATERIAL SPECIFIED ON PLAN FOR APPROVAL. PHOTOGRAPHS SHALL INCLUDE A PERSON OF AVERAGE HEIGHT FOR SCALE PURPOSES. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE OF QUALITY AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. IF REQUESTED BY OWNER, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT WILL TAG THE TREE MATERIAL. MATERIAL FOUND

UNSUITABLE FOR THE DESIGN OR SPECIFICATION INTENT WILL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.

21. ALL PLANT MATERIAL OF A GIVEN SPECIES SHALL HAVE MATCHING FORM UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL BOXED TREES SHALL BE OF QUALITY AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.

22. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FURNISH PLANT MATERIAL FREE FROM PESTS OR PLANT DISEASES. PRE-SELECTED OR 'TAGGED' MATERIAL

MUST BE INSPECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND CERTIFIED TO BE PEST AND DISEASE FREE PRIOR TO SHIPMENT. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATION TO

PROVIDE ANY REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS AND WARRANTY FOR ALL PLANT MATERIAL PER THE SPECIFICATIONS.

23. FINAL LOCATION OF ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE.

10. WEED AND EXISTING GRASS CONTROL: WEED AND GRASS TYPES SHOULD BE

IDENTIFIED BY AN APPROVED LICENSED PEST CONTROL ADVISOR TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY WITH CHEMICALS AND SEASON OF THE APPLICATION. DO

NOT USE CHEMICAL/METHOD THAT WOULD ADVERSELY EFFECT NEW PLANTINGS. REMOVE EXISTING PERENNIAL WEEDS FROM SITE BY MOWING AND GRUBBING. FOLLOWING SOIL PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF

ALL SPECIMEN TREES, PERFORM WEED ABATEMENT PROCEDURE AS FOLLOWS:

1. EXISTING UTILITIES: INFORMATION ON THE DRAWINGS RELATING TO ALIGNMENT

OF EXISTING UTILITY LINES AND SERVICES WAS PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND IS FROM THE BEST SOURCE AVAILABLE. ALL SUCH INFORMATION IS FURNISHED ONLY FOR INFORMATION AND IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL EXCAVATE TEST PITS AS REQUIRED TO DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES. CALL UTILITY LOCATING SERVICE AND OBTAIN PRECISE UTILITY LOCATIONS MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (800)227-2600.

2. UTILITY REQUIREMENTS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE FOLLOWING AGENCIES AT LEAST 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF EXCAVATING AROUND ANY OF THEIR STRUCTURES. THE UTILITY COMPANIES LISTED BELOW SHALL BE CONTACTED:

6. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 48 HOURS

PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK TO SCHEDULE A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AND COORDINATE PROJECT REVIEWS.

8. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2% POSITIVE DRAINAGE IN ALL PLANTING AREAS. IN NO CASE SHALL WATER DRAIN TOWARDS BUILDINGS.  5 C.Y. NITROGEN STABILIZED REDWOOD SHAVINGS
 150 LBS. GYPSUM
 125 LBS. GRO POWER PLUS
a. APPLY 100 LBS. 46-0-0 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER PER ACRE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
b. WATER FOUR TIMES DAILY FOR 14 CONSECUTIVE DAYS TO PROMOTE EXISTING WEED/SEED GERMINATION.
c. CEASE WATERING FOR THREE DAYS.
d. SPRAY AREA WITH A NON-SELECTIVE/NON-RESIDUAL SYSTEMIC HERBICIDE TO ERADICATE GERMINATED WEEDS.
e. LET WEEDS DIE FOR A PERIOD OF SEVEN DAYS MINIMUM WITHOUT IRRIGATION.
f. REMOVE ALL WEEDS FROM SITE BY HOEING AND RAKING TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 1/2" BELOW SOIL SURFACE.
g. IF WEEDS PERSIST, THE ABOVE ERADICATION PROCEDURE SHALL BE REPEATED.
 CITY/COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS/ ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT
 GAS COMPANY
 TELEPHONE COMPANY
 ELECTRICAL POWER COMPANY
 CABLE TELEVISION COMPANY
 WATER SUPPLY COMPANY

24. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY PLANT MATERIAL QUANTITIES ON THE PLAN.

GRAPHIC SYMBOLS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER WRITTEN QUANTITIES.

25. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2% POSITIVE DRAINAGE IN ALL PLANTING AREAS. IN NO CASE SHALL WATER DRAIN TOWARDS BUILDINGS.

27. IN AREAS WITH EXISTING TURF OR GROUNDCOVER, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE

RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIR OF BARE SPOTS AND ALL SCARS DUE TO

IRRIGATION INSTALLATION OR RE-GRADING, AND SHALL MATCH EXISTING PLANTING TO ACHIEVE A UNIFORM OVERALL APPEARANCE.

29. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN COPY OF THE LATEST PARKING LOT STRIPING PLAN. TREES THAT ARE INTENDED TO BE PLACED IN LINE WITH PARKING STRIPES SHALL CORRESPOND WITH THIS PLAN. CONTACT OWNER'S

REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY IF CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN TREES AND LIGHT STANDARDS.

30. ANNUAL COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT TIME OF INSTALLATION.

26. AT EDGES OF PLANTING AREAS, THE CENTER LINE OF THE LAST ROW OF

SHRUBS AND/OR GROUNDCOVER SHALL BE LOCATED NO FARTHER FROM

THE EDGE THAN ONE-HALF THE SPECIFIED ON-CENTER SPACING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON PLANS. GROUNDCOVER SHALL BE TRIANGULARLY SPACED.

31. EXCAVATION AROUND EXISTING TREES TO BE PRESERVED: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE ALL POSSIBLE CARE TO AVOID INJURY TO TREES AND TREE ROOTS.

EXCAVATION SHALL BE DONE BY HAND WHERE ROOTS THAT ARE TWO (2) INCHES OR LARGER IN DIAMETER OCCUR. ALL ROOTS TWO (2) INCHES

AND LARGER IN DIAMETER, EXCEPT DIRECTLY IN THE PATH OF PIPE OR

CONDUIT, SHALL BE TUNNELED UNDER AND SHALL BE HEAVILY WRAPPED WITH WET BURLAP TO PREVENT SCARRING OR EXCESSIVE DRYING. WHERE A

TRENCHING MACHINE IS RUN CLOSE TO TREES HAVING ROOTS SMALLER THAN TWO (2) INCHES IN DIAMETER, THE WALL OF THE TRENCH ADJACENT

TO THE TREE SHALL BE HAND-TRIMMED, MAKING CLEAN-CUTS THROUGH,

WITH EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN CLEANED AND DISINFECTED PRIOR TO USE ONSITE ROOTS ONE (1) INCH AND LARGER IN DIAMETER SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF TREE SEAL OR EQUAL. TRENCHES ADJACENT TO TREES SHALL BE CLOSED WITHIN TWENTY FOUR (24) HOURS; AND WHERE THIS IS NOT

POSSIBLE, THE SIDE OF THE TRENCH ADJACENT TO THE TREE SHALL BE KEPT SHADED WITH BURLAP OR CANVAS AND KEPT DAMP.

28. LOCATION OF EXISTING TREES ARE APPROXIMATE. IF DURING GRADING

OPERATION, EXISTING GRADE CANNOT BE MAINTAINED WITHIN DRIPLINE OF

TREES, CONTACT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR DIRECTION PRIOR TO GRADING.

32. PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES: CONSTRUCT 4' HIGH CHAINLINK FENCE OR

OTHER APPROVED PROTECTIVE FENCING AROUND THE TREE PER ARBORIST'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTACT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR LOCATION OF THE FENCE IF NOT SHOWN ON THE PLAN. DO NOT ENTER, OR PLACE OBJECTS WITHIN FENCED AREA. PLACE 3" LAYER OF MULCH WITHIN THE FENCED AREA, BUT KEEP MULCH OFF TRUNK. POST AT LEAST THREE (3) LEGIBLE SIGNS ON THE FENCE STATING, 'DO NOT ENTER. NO DUMPING. DO NOT PLACE OBJECT INSIDE THE FENCE'. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN FENCED AREA CLEAR OF OBJECTS AT ALL TIMES. WASH FOLIAGE ONCE A WEEK AFTER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY HAS STOPPED FOR THE DAY.

PLANTING NOTES

SHRUB PLANTING
DEPTH + 6"
1-1/2"
1 1/2" DEEP TEMPORARY

WATERING BASIN

ORIGINAL

ROOTBALL

TWICE WIDTH OF

ORIGINAL ROOTBALL
3" LAYER MULCH

BACKFILL MIX PER SOIL TEST

FINISH GRADE

ROOTBALL

ROUGHEN SIDES AND
BOTTOM

AGRIFORM TABLETS -

SEE SPECS

GROUND COVER PLANTING
EQU

AL EQUAL

NATURAL SUBGRADE

TRIANGLE SPACING

GROUNDCOVER PLANTS

SEE PLANTING PLANS FOR
O.C. SPACING

TILLED & AMENDED

PLANTING BED PER SOIL
TEST
5 GRAM AGRIFORM TABLETS
SEE SPECS.
* OFF-SET FIRST ROW OF PLANTING FROM
HARDSCAPE OR MOWSTRIP 12" MIN. OR

GROUND COVER SPACING DISTANCE, WHICH
EVER IS GREATER. SEE PLANTING PLAN FOR
GROUNDCOVER SPACING.

SECTION
3" DEEP MULCH BLANKET FOR PLANTS
LARGER THAN 1 GALLON SIZE
1-1/2"
3"

PLANTS FROM FLATS OR PLUGS
THIN MULCH TO 1-1/2" AT BASE

OF PLANT

PLAN VIEW
MIN. 3" DEEP MULCH

BLANKET
*12"
MIN.

CITY OF MANHATTAN STANDARD TREE STAKING AND ROOT WATERING SYSTEM 670

PLANTING DETAILS & NOTES
1675 Scenic Drive, Suite 200
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
T: 949.399.0870
www.cdpcinc.com
conceptual design + planning company

COSTA MESA LAS VEGASCENTRAL COAST
R
IHC
6 1
T
7 I A
E
EA
C
P
V I
D
S
L
T
L
. OD A
CN
Exp. Date
Signature
4 B A
N
LA
DateE O
A
RT F
ET
E
J
I
G
TS
C
D
M
RE
July 31, 2025
I
OF
E
N
S S
A
R
E
A March 10, 2025
Know what's below.
before you dig.Call
R
This document contains proprietary information for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review. This document and its contents may not be used by any others without prior written consent of CDPC. Written dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions, and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of CDPC prior to commencement of work.

LAYOUT AND WIDTH PER PLAN F.G., PLANTING AREA

WHERE SHOWN ON
PLAN

ALUMINUM HEADER

BOARD PER DETAIL
MIN. (2) LAYER OF DECORATIVE ROCK PER
SPEC
DECORATIVE COBBLE ON D.G.

SCALE 1-1/2"=1'-0" (8)
F.S., CONCRETE PAVING OR

CURB WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN

COMPACTED SUB-GRADE

WEED FABRIC, TURN UP EDGES
3" D.G. LAYER
SET FIRST LAYER OF ROCK 1-2" INTO D.G.

LAYER
1"

TOP OF COBBLE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT

PARKING STALLS UNDER OVERHANG
NOTES:

1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.

3. THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR USE BY ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS, CONSULTANTS AND DESIGN PROFESSIONALS FOR PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION.

4. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN WAS CURRENT AT THE TIME OF DEVELOPMENT BUT MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER TO BE CONSIDERED ACCURATE.

5. CONTRACTOR'S NOTE: FOR PRODUCT AND COMPANY INFORMATION VISIT www.CADdetails.com/info AND ENTER

REFERENCE NUMBER
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT ©2023 CADDETAILS.COM LTD. CADdetails.com 10/03/2025REVISION DATE
25011-
25011-

PERMALOC CORPORATION
13505 BARRY ST
HOLLAND, MI 49424
TOLL FREE: 1-800-356-9660
PHONE: (616) 399-9600
FAX: (616) 399-9770
www.permaloc.com

PLANTING BED EDGING - STONE AND TURF

PERMALOC CLEANLINE

XL ALUMINUM EDGING

WITH XLR ADAPTOR

TOP OF EDGING TO BE
MAXIMUM OF 1/2" (12.7 MM)

ABOVE SURFACE MATERIAL

BED MEDIA OR AGGREGATE

COMPACT GRADES

ADJACENT TO EDGING TO

AVOID SETTLING
18" (457 MM) ALUMINUM

STAKES TO LOCK INTO

XLR ADAPTOR

ISOMETRIC VIEW

SIDE VIEW
STAKES

CLEAN LINE XL COMMERCIAL GRADE LANDSCAPE EDGING
3/16" X 5" (3.2 MM X 127 MM), 0.116" (2.95 MM)
THICK WITH 0.25" (6.35 MM) EXPOSED TOP LIP
3/16" X 6" (3.2 MM X 152.4 MM), 0.116" (2.95 MM)
THICK WITH 0.25" (6.35 MM) EXPOSED TOP LIP
3/16" X 8" (3.2 MM X 203 MM), 0.116" (2.95 MM)
THICK WITH 0.25" (6.35 MM) EXPOSED TOP LIP
3/16" X 12" (3.2 MM X 305 MM), 0.116" (2.95 MM)
THICK WITH 0.25" (6.35 MM) EXPOSED TOP LIP
SELECT DESIRED SIZE:

SELECT DESIRED FINISH:

MF - MILL FINISH-NATURAL ALUMINUM
BL - BLACK DURAFLEX-MEETS AAMA 2603
GR - GREEN DURAFLEX-MEETS AAMA 2603
BR - BRONZE DURAFLEX-MEETS AAMA 2603
NOTES:

1. 8'-0" (2.44 M) SECTIONS TO INCLUDE (3) 18" (457 MM) ALUMINUM STAKES AND (3) XLR ADAPTORS.

2. 16'-0" (4.88 M) SECTIONS TO INCLUDE (5) 18" (457 MM) ALUMINUM STAKES AND (3) XLR ADAPTORS.

3. CORNERS - CUT BASE EDGING UP HALFWAY AND FORM A CONTINUOUS CORNER.

4. PERMALOC CLEANLINE XL AS MANUFACTURED BY PERMALOC CORPORATION.

ALUMINUM HEADER

IRRIGATION AUDIT REPORT

SOILS REPORT

SOIL TESTING SHALL OCCUR AFTER ROUGH GRADING AND SOIL IMPORT (IF REQUIRED) HAS BEEN COMPLETED, BUT PRIOR TO START OF ANY LANDSCAPE RELATED WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL

OBTAIN A STANDARD SOILS TEST FOR AGRICULTURAL SUITABILITY AND FERTILITY PREPARED BY AN APPROVED AGRICULTURAL TESTING LABORATORY. REPORT SHALL CONTAIN STANDARD SOIL TESTING

DATA AND SHALL ALSO INCLUDE SOIL INFILTRATION RATE, SOIL TEXTURE, PH, TOTAL SOLUBLE SALTS, SODIUM AND % OF ORGANIC MATERIAL CONTENT FOR EACH SAMPLE, AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOIL PREPARATION AND BACKFILL MIX. THIS REPORT SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE OWNER AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION. TWO SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN AT EACH LOCATION INDICATED ON THE PLANTING PLAN; ONE AT GROUND LEVEL TO 10" DEEP, THE OTHER AT 24" TO 36" DEEP. EACH SAMPLE SHALL CONTAIN APPROXIMATELY ONE QUART OF SOIL AND BE LABELED BY LOCATION AND DEPTH TO BE SENT TO THE LAB.

LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE:

UPON COMPLETION OF IRRIGATION AND PLANTING INSTALLATION, A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION

BY LICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OR CONTRACTOR AND AN IRRIGATION AUDIT REPORT BY

CERTIFIED IRRIGATION AUDITOR MAY BE REQUIRED BY CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH CONTRACTOR

SHALL PROVIDE LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AUDIT REPORT CONDUCTED BY CERTIFIED IRRIGATION AUDITOR.

PROPERTY OWNER MAY BE REQUIRED TO SUBMIT AUDIT REPORT TO CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH PERIODICALLY.

LANDSCAPING SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE DEVELOPER, ITS TENANT(S) OR THEIR CONTRACT MAINTENANCE COMPANY. LANDSCAPE SHALL BE IN AN ORDERLY AND HEALTHY CONDITION AT ANY TIME. A SCHEDULE FOR ON-GOING MAINTENANCE SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON SITE.

MAINTENANCE ITEMS INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING; IRRIGATION:

MAINTAIN AND OPERATE IRRIGATION SYSTEM ON THE PROPERTY WHICH DOES NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM ANNUAL WATER ALLOWANCE (MAWA) - 15,784 GALLONS PER YEAR.

MAINTAIN THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM TO MEET OR EXCEED AN IRRIGATION EFFICIENCY NECESSARY TO MEET MAWA.

INSPECT SYSTEM MONTHLY. REPLACE BROKEN OR MALFUNCTIONING IRRIGATION SYSTEM

COMPONENTS WITH COMPONENTS EQUAL TO EXISTING COMPONENTS OR COMPONENTS WHICH

MEET OR EXCEED AN IRRIGATION EFFICIENCY NECESSARY TO MEET CURRENT WATER CONSERVATION ORDINANCE.

INSPECT SPRAY THROW PATTERN MONTHLY. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AND/OR REPAIR WHERE OVER SPRAY AND/OR WATER RUN-OFF OR OBSTRUCTION BY PLANT GROWTH ARE OBSERVED. PRUNING PLANTS OR PLACEMENT MODIFICATION MAY BE REQUIRED.

INSPECT ALL FILTER BASKETS AT VALVES SEMI-ANNUALLY AND CLEAN AS NEEDED. REMOVE EXCESS DEBRIS AND WATER IN ALL VALVE BOXES. INSPECT PROPER CONTROLLER WIRE CONNECTION.

REPLACEMENT OF IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT COMPONENT SHALL BE EQUAL TO ORIGINAL

SPECIFICATION OR WITH COMPONENT WITH GREATER EFFICIENCY MET BY CURRENT WATER CONSERVATION ORDINANCE.

LANDSCAPE PLANTING
REMOVE LITTER AND WEEDS WEEKLY.

MULCH SEMI-ANNUALLY TO CITY REQUIRED DEPTH OF 3 INCHES.

REPLACE DEAD OR DAMAGED PLANTS IMMEDIATELY. THE REPLACEMENT PLANTING MATERIALS

SHALL BE THE SAME MATERIAL AS PLANT BEING REPLACED SO THAT THE REPLACED VEGETATION

DOES NOT RESULT IN MIXING HIGH OR MODERATE WATER USE PLANTS WITH LOW WATER USE PLANTS IN THE SAME HYDRO ZONE. IF THE SAME PLANT MATERIAL IS NO LONGER IN PRODUCTION, SIMILAR

PLANTS OF THE SAME SIZE AND WATER USE (SAME HYDRO ZONE) AS THE PLANTS BEING REMOVED

MAY BE USED UPON OWNER APPROVAL,

PROPERLY PRUNE TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER AS REQUIRED DEPENDING ON THE SPECIES AND PURPOSE. DO NOT TOP TREES. TREE PRUNING BY TREE MAINTENANCE COMPANY WITH ARBORIST ON STAFF IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED.

FERTILIZE TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER AS RECOMMENDED PER SOILS MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATION PER SOILS TEST.
671

SPECIFICATIONS
Conceptual Design & Planning Company, Mar 10, 2025 8:59am P:\25\25011 Manhattan Beach Parking Lot\Land\CDs\CD01- 24X36\ 25011- S.dwg MarcEscobar 1675 Scenic Drive, Suite 200
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
T: 949.399.0870
www.cdpcinc.com
conceptual design + planning company

COSTA MESA LAS VEGASCENTRAL COAST
R
IHC
6 1
T
7 I A
E
EA
C
P
V I
D
S
L
T
L
. OD A
CN
Exp. Date
Signature
4 B A
N
LA
DateE O
A
RT F
ET
E
J
I
G
TS
C
D
M
RE
July 31, 2025
I
OF
E
N
S S
A
R
E
A March 10, 2025
Know what's below.
before you dig.Call
R
This document contains proprietary information for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review. This document and its contents may not be used by any others without prior written consent of CDPC. Written dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions, and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of CDPC prior to commencement of work.

GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Shall consist of specifications and its general conditions and the drawings. The intent of these documents is to include all labor, materials, and services necessary for the proper execution of the work. The documents are to be considered as one. Whatever is called for by any parts shall be as binding as if called for in all parts.

B. VERIFICATION: The Contractor shall verify measurements on the drawings before beginning work. In case of error or discrepancy in the drawings or specifications or in the work of others affecting his work, he shall notify the Owner's Representative immediately.

The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damages or loss due to his failure to observe these instructions.

C. MATERIALS, MACHINERY, EMPLOYEES: Except as otherwise noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, and other items necessary and incidental to the
completion of his work.

D. SURVEYS, PERMITS, REGULATIONS: The Owner shall furnish an adequate survey of the property. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and comply with all laws and ordinances bearing on the operation or conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that a variance exists therewith he shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as
provided in the contract for changes in the work.

E. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSON: The Contractor shall adequately protect the work, adjacent property, and the public, and shall be responsible for any damages or injury due to his actions.

F. CHANGES IN THE WORK: The Owner may order changes in the work, and the contract sum being adjusted accordingly. All such orders and adjustments plus claims by the Contractor for extras must be made in writing before executing the work involved.

G. CORRECTION OF WORK: The Co ntractor shall re-execute any work that falls to conform to the requirements of the contract and shall remedy defects due to faulty materials or
workmanship upon written notice from the Owner's
Representative for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of completion of the contract.

H. LANDSCAPE COORDINATOR STATUS: The Landscape Coordinator acts as the authorized representative of the Owner in
conjunction with the project manager, and has authority to accept or reject materials or workmanship and to make minor changes in the work not involving extra cost. He will also interpret the meaning of the contract documents and may stop the work if necessary to ensure its proper execution.

I. CLARIFICATION OF DRAWINGS BEFO RE BIDDING: After reviewing the drawings thoroughly it is the Contractor's responsibility to clarify with the Owner's Representative any questions the Contractor may have regarding the method of construction, quantities, or quality of materials included or called out. If the Contractor cannot contact the Owner's Representative, the Contractor must qualify his bid or accept the interpretation of the Owner's Representative on the questionable areas as they develop during construction.

J. SAMPLES: The Owner's Representative reserves the right to take and analyze samples of materials for conformity to
specifications at any time. The Contractor shall furnish samples upon request by the Owner's Representative. Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense. The cost of testing materials not meeting specifications shall be paid by the Contractor.

K. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: Schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Owner's Representative at least seven (7) days before beginning work. The purpose of this conference is to review any questions the Contractor may have regarding the work, administrative procedures during construction and project work schedule.

IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS
I. SCOPE OF WORK:

A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, machinery, and processes necessary to install a complete irrigation system as shown on the drawings and/or specified herin. When completed the irrigation system shall be a 100% coverage system in total functioning manner.

II. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

A. VERIFICATION OF DIMENSIONS: All scaled dimensions are approximated. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions. Spacing of irrigation heads, locations of valves and backflow preventers, and proposed P.O.C. shall be as indicated on the drawings.

Any deviation from the plans must have the approval of the Owner's Representative.

B. VERIFICATION OF FINISH GRADE: The Contractor shall inspect the site and check all finish grades within the work area to ensure the proper soil coverage (as specified) of the irrigation system pipes.

C. WATER SUPPLY: The Contractor shall verify and be familiar with the source of water supply to the irrigation system as indicated on the drawings.

D. PERMITS AND FEES: The Contractor shall apply and pay for all necessary permits required in the pursuit of his work as required by the governing codes.

E. CARE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS AND STEPS: The Contractor shall be held responsible for the care and preservation of all existing buildings and structures on the property and adjacent premises and contiguous property. Any part of these properties injured, damaged or disturbed because of his work shall be repaired, replaced or cleared by the Contractor at his expense.

F. REVIEW OF DRAWINGS: It is the Contractor's responsibility to review irrigation drawings and note any areas he believes additional heads or valves are required prior to submitting a bid.

If no changes are submitted, the Contractor is responsible for full coverage of equipment as necessary at the Contractor's
expense.

G. GOVERNING REGULATION: All loca l, municipal and state laws, rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work and hereby incorporated into and made part of these specifications, and their provisions shall be carried out by the Irrigation Contractor.

H. DIAGRAMMATIC DESIGN: The design is diagrammatic. All pipe, valves, etc., shown within paved areas are for design
clarifications only and shall be installed in planted areas where possible. Never install the backflow preventers in lawn area; always in shrub areas.

I. INSTALLATION: All irrigation materials shall be installed in accordance with the techniques and specifications set forth by each respective manufacturer. All pertinent descriptive literature issued by these manufacturers become a part of these
specifications after having been approved by the authorized Owner's Representative. Such installation practices shall be followed only if the directions of the irrigation drawings and specifications do not thoroughly and completely order the methods or techniques to be followed. Install all equipment and materials as shown per details.

J. SITE PROBLEMS: The Irrigation Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as indicated on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that there are unknown obstructions, grade differences, and/or discrepancies in the area dimensions until such conditions are brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative.

III. MATERIALS:

A. Irrigation materials and equipment shall be of type, size and location as noted and indicated on the drawings. Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for submittal to the Landscape Architect for approval prior to installation; (5) copies of printed or a bound PDF of cut-sheets (product information sheets) of each specified materials and equipment prior to installation. Materials and equipment shall be new and in perfect condition, no deviations from the specifications shall be allowed unless approved by the Landscape Architect. If material specified in this Construction Document is to be substituted, submit the product information at this time.

IV. INSTALLATION:

A. EXCAVATION

1. The Contractor shall verify locations of all existing subsurface utilities (mechanical and electrical) prior
to excavation. Any utilities, A.C. paving, concrete
work, plant material, etc., destroyed or damaged
by any work under this contract shall be repaired or
replaced at the Contractor's expense.

2. Trenches for pipe shall be cut to required grade line at a true gradient to provide uniform support for the
length of the pipe.

3. Depth of trenches shall be sufficient to provide a
minimum cover above the top of the pipe as noted
on the drawings.

B. JOINING PIPE

1. The Contractor is responsible to be familiar with the methods of assembling, joining, and installing the
various types of pipes to be used. He will adhere in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended procedures.

2. PVC pipe shall not be threaded and all transition
from PVC to metal piping shall be by PVC male
threaded adaptor fittings.

C. BACKFLOW PREVENTER: The backflow prevention device
specified herein shall be verified with local plumbing and health codes. In the event of any conflict on the device or the installation methods, the Owner's Representative shall be notified PRIOR TO BID OPENING.

D. TESTS

1. All main lines and lateral lines which have glued
joints under paving in the system shall be capped
and pressure tested at 150 PSI.

2. Pressure shall be sustained in the lines for not less than four (4) hours. If leaks develop, the joints shall be replaced and the test repeated until the entire
system is watertight.

3. Test shall be observed and approved by the
Owner's Representative prior to backfill.

4. When the irrigation system has been completed
(and before planting has begun), the Contractor, in
the presence of the approved Owner's
Representative, shall test the coverage of water
afforded to the lawn and planting areas as
complete and adequate. The Contractor shall
furnish all materials and perform all work required
to correct any inadequacies of coverage.

5. The Contractor shall inform the approved Owner's
Representative of any deviations from the plan
required by wind, plantings, soils, or site conditions
that affect present irrigation coverage.

E. IRRIGATION HEAD INSTALLATION:

1. Shrub and ground cover spray heads adjacent to
curbs or walks shall be installed 12" away from the
curb or walk and the heads shall be pop-up models
as indicated on the drawings.

2. Shrub spray heads adjacent to building, fences, or
similar structures shall be installed 1" away from the
structure and the nozzle shall be 6" minimum above
finish grade. Shrub spray heads not near paving or
structures shall be set 8" above finish grade.

3. All irrigation heads are to have triple swing joints as detailed.

4. Install all irrigation heads per details.

F. IRRIGATION HEAD ADJUSTMENTS:

1. The Irrigation Contractor shall flush and adjust all irrigation heads for optimum performance and to
prevent overspray onto walks and buildings as
much as possible. This shall include selecting the
best degree of arc to fit existing site situations. This also includes using the appropriate radius reduction
equipment.

G. CLOSING OF UNINSPECTED WORK:

1. The Contractor shall not allow or cause any of his
work to be covered or enclosed until it has been
inspected, tested and approved by the authorized
Owner's Representative. Should any of his work be
enclosed or covered before such inspection and
test, he shall uncover the work at his own expense
and after it has been inspected, tested, and
approved, he shall make all repairs with like
materials necessary to restore all his work and that
of other Contractors to its original condition.

H. BACKFILLING:

1. Backfill shall not be pl aced until the installed
irrigation system has been inspected and approved
by the Owner's Representative.

2. Trenches shall be backfilled with a minimum of 4" of fine, granular materials to protect the pipe from the
clods or rocks. The remaining excavated dirt can
be used as backfill. The Contractor shall not place
detrimental subsoil or rocks in the top 6" of backfill.

3. If settlement occurs and adjustments in pipe,
valves, irrigation heads, or any other irrigation
device becomes necessary to bring the system to
proper working order, the Contractor shall, as a part
of his work under this contract, make all the
necessary adjustments without extra cost to the
Owner.

I. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER VALVES:

1. A 120 volt electrical power outlet to the controller shall be provided by others. (Provided the
Landscape Contractor has not included the
electrical connection in his scope of work). The
Irrigation Contractor shall be responsible for making
the hookup from the outlet to the controller.

2. All wire from the controller to electric control valves shall be solid copper U.F. #14-600 volt direct burial.

Use white for common control wire, blue for lawn
systems, black for shrub systems and red for
moisture sensors wire. Install in common trench with
main line pipe where possible. Tape control wire at
10' O.C. to main line pipe. Provide minimum 18"
backfill cover, 36" under pavement.

3. Wire connections shall be made with "Scotch-Lok"
wire connector sealing packs #3576 or Spears
"Dri-splice" with sealant DS 300 or approved equal.

4. There shall be a control wire from each control
valve running to the controller, and each control
valve shall be connected to the common ground
wire.

5. All electrical work shall comply with the applicable codes.

6. Install all valves per details, and manufacturer's
recommendations.

J. MOISTURE SENSOR INSTALLATION (if applicable):

1. Installations and wiring are to be done by the
Contractor in compliance with installation and
operating instructions enclosed with the moisture
sensor and included with these special instructions.

2. The Contractor shall furnish 2-AWG-UF #14 (or larger) wires from the controller to the moisture sensor
control stations, locations shown on drawings.

Provide additional 10' expansion lead to each
station for finally locating of sensors. All sensors are to be wired in parallel (see wire color note above).

3. Ametek 6" extension boxes No. 10-170-003 covered
by Ametek green cover No. IVC-10-173-004, or
approved equal, shall be installed as detailed.

4. All wiring connections at valve locations shall be
water- proof.

5. One service unit will be purchased to properly
prepare and service the moisture sensor. The
service unit along with all printed operating
instructions are to furnished to the Owner by the
Contractor at final inspection.

6. Moisture Sensor operating and service instruction
and operations manual is to be placed in the
controller.

7. Special depth and placement information to
augment Moisture Sensor Installation and Operation
Instruction, is to be provided by the Specified
Manufacturer.

8. Installation must be inspected and accepted by
the Manufacturer's Representative.

V. DRAWINGS OF RECORD (AS-BUILTS):

A. GENERAL: The Contractor shall provide and keep up to date, in accordance with this section, a complete set of record "as-built" black line prints which shall be corrected daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes, depths and kinds of equipment.

Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Owner. This set of drawings shall be kept on the site and shall be used only as a record set. These drawings shall also serve as work progress sheets and the Contractor shall make neat and legible notations thereon daily, as the work proceeds, showing the work as actually installed. These drawings shall be available at the times for inspection and shall be kept in a location designated by the Owner's Representative.

B. REQUIRED NOTATIONS:

1. The Contractor shall indicate, in red, installed
locations of the following items on plan and
dimension from two (2) permanent reference
points, such as building corners, back of curb, fire
hydrant, etc. or road intersections.
a. All valves: master, remote control,
quick coupler, ball and gate valves)
b. The routing of the irrigation mainlines
c. Water meter and backflow device,
connection to the existing water supply
d. Controller and sensors (rain, moisture
and flow sensors)
e. Booster pump

2. The drawing shall show approved substitutions of
sizes, materials, and manufacturer's name and
catalog number.

C. DELIVERY OF DRAWINGS OF RE CORD: On or before the date of final inspection, the Contractor shall deliver the corrected and complete field as-builts to the Owner's Representative. Delivery of these drawings will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing required information that may be omitted from the prints. Once the Owner's Representative has reviewed the field As-builts and contractor has made the required corrections, Contractor shall prepare final "As-built" drawings in a neat and professional manner. Submit to Owner's Representative / landscape Architect for approval prior to preparation of controller charts.

D. CONTROLLER CHARTS:

1. As-built drawings shall be received and approved
by the Owner's Representative prior to preparing
controller charts.

2. Provide one controller chart for each controller
supplied.

3. The chart shall be drawn on a reduced drawing of
the actual as-built system to fit to 11"x17" sheet
format, using a different color to indicate the area
of coverage for each station.
4 When the chart is completed and approved by the
Owner's Representative, it shall be hermetically
sealed and placed in the controller box.

VI. CLEAN UP:

A. SCOPE AND FREQUENCY: After installation operations have been completed, remove all trash, excess soil and rubbish from property. All scars, ruts, or other marks in the area caused by this work shall be repaired and the ground left in a neat and orderly condition throughout the site. The Contractor shall pick up all trash resulting from his work no less than each Friday before leaving the site, once a week and/or the last working day of each week. All trash shall be removed completely from the site.

VII. GUARANTEE:

A. SCOPE: The entire irrigation system shall be guaranteed by the Contractor as to materials and workmanship, including settling of backfill areas below grade for a period of one (1) year following the date of final acceptance of the work. If, within one (1) year from date of completion, settling occurs, and
adjustments in pipes, valves, and irrigation heads, sod, irrigation devices, or paving is necessary to bring the system, sod or paving to the proper level of the permanent grades, the Contractor, as part of the work under this contract, shall make all adjustments without extra cost to the Owner, including the complete restoration of all damaged planting, paving or other improvements of any kind.

B. RESPONSIBILITY: Should any diff iculties in connection with the operation of the irrigation system occur within the specified guarantee period--which is in the opinion of the Owner's Representative due to inferior material and/or workmanship --said difficulties shall be immediately corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative at no additional cost to the Owner; including any and all other damage caused by such defects.

C. INSTRUCTIONS: After the irrigati on system has been completed and the connections made, the Contractor shall instruct the Owner, or his representative, in the operation and maintenance of the system.

PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
I. SCOPE OF WORK:

A. Furnish all labor, materials an d equipment necessary to provide and install plant materials as shown on the drawings or as specified herein.

B. Work included in this section (i tems included but not limited to):

1. Grade, including mounding, molding and shaping
surface of all planting areas as indicated including
the removal of existing vegetation unless otherwise
specified.

2. Prepare and till soil in planting areas including
furnishing of all amendments as specified. Note
that amendments indicated on the drawings
(unless otherwise specified) are for bid purposes
only. Actual soil amendments will be based on the
soils test results.

3. Furnish and plant all plant materials as indicated in the drawings and specifications.

4. Perform all pruning as required.

5. Stake and tie all plant materials as specified

6. Provide for the maintenance of the planting until
acceptance of the job by the Owner's
Representative

7. Dispose of all debris and surplus materials

8. Clean-up

9. Guarantee

10. Maintenance
II. VERIFICATION OF SITE CONDITIONS:

A. EXCAVATION: The Contractor sha ll verify exact locations of all existing sub-surface utilities (mechanical and electrical) prior to excavation. Any utilities, A.C. paving, concrete work, etc., destroyed or damaged by any work under this contract shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense.

B. SUB-SURFACE DRAINAGE OR SOIL CONDITIONS: Should sub- surface drainage or soil conditions be encountered which would be detrimental to growth or survival of plant material, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing, stating the conditions and submit a proposal covering cost of correction. If the Contractor fails to notify the Owner's Representative of such conditions, he shall be responsible for plant material under the guarantee clause of the specifications.

C. DIMENSIONS: All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities, and shall immediately inform the Owner's Representative of any discrepancies
between the information on the drawings and the actual
conditions, refraining from doing any work in said areas until given approval to do so by the Owner's Representative.

III.MATERIALS:

Landscape materials and equipment shall be of type, size and location as noted and indicated on the drawings. Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for submittal to the Landscape Architect for approval; (5) copies of printed or a bound PDF of all materials and equipment specified, and 1 quart bag of physical sample of mulch and soil amendment. Materials are to be new and in perfect condition, no deviations from the specifications shall be allowed unless approved by the Landscape Architect. If material specified in this Construction Document is to be substituted, submit the product information at this time.

A. SOIL AMENDMENTS:
1, Nitrogen stabilized wood shavings shall be 100%
nitrogen stabilized (5% by dry weight) and free of
shaving particles larger than 1/4" passing through a
100 mesh screen.

2. Soil sulfur shall be standard commercial grade.

3. Humus, "Gro-Power" 5-3-1 shall be manufactured
by Southern California Organic Fertilizer Company,
Glendale, CA (213) 245-6849 or (714) 750-3830.

4. Bone meal 2-22-0 shall be manufactured by
Kellogg Supply, Wilmington, CA.
5 Azalea organic planter mix #103 shall be
manufactured by Bandini Fertilizer.

6. Ph Acidall shall be manufactured by Kellogg
Supply, Wilmington, CA.

7. Par - 5 shall be manufactured by Kaibab Forest
Products.

8. Commercial fertilizer sh all be Best Products or
approved equal.

B. TOP SOIL

1. Topsoil consists of a fert ile, friable natural loam of uniform quality, free from subsoil, stiff clay, hard
clods, hard pan, sod, partially disintegrated debris,
or other undesirable materials.

2. Topsoil shall not contain obnoxious weeds, such as
morning glory, sorel, oxalis, spurge, annual poa, nut
grass or bermuda grass.

C. PLANT MATERIALS:

1. Plant names in the Plant List conform to
"Standardized Plant Names" by American Joint
Committee of Horticultural Nomenclature, except in
cases not covered therein. In these instances the
established custom of the nursery trade shall be
followed.

2. Plants shall be sound, healthy, vigorous, free from
disease and weeds, insect pests or their eggs and
shall have healthy, normal root systems, well filling
their container, but not to the point of being root
bound.

3. Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery except as authorized by the Owner's Representative. In no
case shall trees be topped.

4. All plant materials shall be subject to approval of
size, health, quality, character, etc., by the Owner's
Representative.

5. The height and spread of all plant materials shall be measured with branches in their normal position.
6 The caliper of all trees shall be measured 4' above
the surface of the ground.

7. Where caliper or other dimensions of any plant
materials are omitted from the plant list, it shall be
understood that these plant materials shall be
normal stock for the type listed.

8. Plant material shall be symmetrical, typical for
variety and species, and shall conform to
measurements specified in the Plant List/Legend.

9. Plant material larger than those specified may be
supplied if complying in all other respects and at no
additional cost to the Owner, upon approval of the
Owner's Representative.

10. All plant materials must have been previously
inspected at the nursery by the County Horticultural
Department and shall be subject to acceptance as
to quality by the Owner's Representative.

11. Substitutions will be permi tted only as indicated, or if proof is submitted that any plant specified is not
available, a proposal will be considered for the use
of the nearest equivalent size or variety with an
equitable adjustment of the contract price.

12. Quantities shown on the call outs on the Planting
Plan are for the convenience of the Contractor
only. Quantities drawn on the plan (whether by
circles, dots or triangles) are the final authority
and shall be furnished and installed as drawn.

The Owner's Representative shall have the final
authority as to location of all plant material.
672
Conceptual Design & Planning Company, Mar 10, 2025 9:00am P:\25\25011 Manhattan Beach Parking Lot\Land\CDs\CD01- 24X36\ 25011- S.dwg MarcEscobar D. SEED MATERIALS:

1. Seed shall be clean, fresh, new crop seed and
shall be the mixture as noted on the Planting
Plan.

2. Seed shall be mixed by the dealer and furnished
with the dealer's guarantee statement of
composition and percentage of purity which
shall be furnished to the Owner's Representative.

Seed tags shall be delivered to the Owner's
Representative at the time of installation.

E. STAKES: All stakes shall be per details.

IV. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND:

A. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY: the Contractor is responsible for verifying the location of all utility lines and other underground obstructions so that proper precautions may be taken not to disturb or damage such improvements. In the event of a conflict between such lines and plant locations, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's
Representative, who shall arrange for the relocation of one or the other. Failing to follow this procedure, the Contractor shall at his own expense make any and all repairs for damages resulting from his work.

V. FINISH GRADING:

A. TILLING: Till all planting areas as specified herein.

B. UNIFORM GRADE: After tilling, all areas shall be brought to uniform grade by floating or hand raking.

C. GRADE RELATIONSHIPS: Finish grade of planting areas after application of soil amendments shall be 1" below top of concrete walks and curb grades and 6" below finish floor of building or as noted by spot elevations.

D. SLOPE FROM BUILDINGS: soil areas adjacent to buildings shall slope away from the building at 2% minimum for 10 feet and shall continue to slope at a minimum of 1% until water drains to street or storm system.

E. ROCKS OR CLODS: No rocks or clods over 3/4" in diameter shall be on top of prepared planting beds.

VI. WEED CONTROL:

A. KILLING WEEDS: Contractor shall germinate and destroy existing weed seeds before preparing areas for planting.

Sufficient water shall be applied to cause weed seed to sprout. Young weeds shall then be destroyed and removed before they have opportunity to set seed.

B. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: For additional weed killing refer to Planting Notes on the Planting Plan.

VII. SOIL PREPARATION:

A. IMPORT SOIL REPORT: Should import soil be placed in planting areas, Contractor shall have import soils tested by an
approved California Association of Agricultural Laboratories member and submit to the Owner and Owner's
Representative for approval prior to placing the soil on site.

The report shall also have soil amendment recommendations.

B. SITE SOIL REPORT: Prior to starting soil preparation the Contractor shall have site soils tested by an approved
California Association of Agricultural Laboratories member and submit to the Owner and Owner's Representative prior beginning of landscape work. Follow the Surface Soil
Preparation recommendations for all planting areas and Tree and Shrub Backfill Mix recommendations for tree and shrub planting.

C. COMPACTED AREAS: Soil areas that are compacted to more than 90% during site preparation shall be ripped to a
minimum of 12" prior to beginning soil preparation.

D. METHOD OF MIXING: If the slope is under 2 to 1, the soil preparation materials should be broadcast uniformly over all landscape areas and worked to a depth of 6" by rototiller or other acceptable mechanical means to obtain a uniform
blend in the soil. If the slope is greater than 2 to 1, the amendments shall be hydraulically applied for areas over 1000 square feet and raked in for small areas. For the soil amendment bid mix refer to the Planting Notes on the
Planting Plan.

E. EXTRANEOUS MATERIALS: In ad dition to the work specified above, the Contractor shall remove all extraneous materials that are exposed on the surface and grade to facilitate run-off of surface water.

F. DELIVERY SLIPS: Supply delivery slips from the supplier for the soil amendments to the site and empty bags for fertilizer to the Superintendent of the job and the Owner's Representative at first field review. Bulk loads of soil amendments from the Contractor's yard will not be accepted.

VIII. SHRUB AND TREE PLANTING
A. CORRELATION: Trees and shrubs sh all not be planted until all operations in conjunction with the installation of the irrigation system have been completed, final grades have been
established, and the planting beds properly prepared by cultivation and fertilization as covered in these specifications.

B. PLANTING TIME: No planting sh all take place during extremely hot, dry, windy or freezing weather.

C. LOCATIONS: Relative positions of all plants and trees are subject to approval of the Owner's Representative and they shall, if necessary, may be relocated at his direction as part of this contract. Trees shall normally be located a minimum of 5' from buildings, site amenities and walkways.

D. DISTRIBUTION: No more plants shall be distributed about the landscape area than can be planted and watered on the
same day.

E. CONTAINER REMOVAL: Plant containers shall be removed when planting the plants. Container may be split on both sides, however, without use of axe or spade. All containers shall be removed from the site.

F. PLANTING PITS: Excavate all tree and shrub pits at least twice the rootball diameter. Pit depth shall be the same as the height of the rootball with a minimum of 6" additional depth at perimeter of plant pit. For planting in clay soil, see applicable details. Roughen sides and bottom of pit prior to placing the rootball; see details. Perform percolation test prior to tree planting per Planting Notes. Install drain sump pipe if soil fails percolation test per tree planting detail.

G. PLACING: Plants shall be placed and held during backfill in an upright position in the center of the pit. Plants shall be held at, or slightly above nursery level. The earth ball shall be kept intact. Any exposed roots shall be spread out. Injured roots shall be pruned.

H. BACKFILL: Contractor shall re fer to Soils Report for final recommendations. (For bidding purposes only), Plant pit backfilling soil shall consist of 1 part nitrogen stabilized wood shavings to 2 parts topsoil. Materials shall be thoroughly mixed before placement. In addition to backfill,
commercial fertilizer 20-10-5 Agriform 21-gram tablets shall be added to plant pits at the following rates:
1 tablet per 1 gallon container
2 tablets 5 gallon container
3 tablets per 15 gallon container
4 tablets per 24" box
5 tablets per 30" box
6 tablets per 36" box
7 tablets per 42" box
8 tablets per 48" box and those box sizes which are
larger
No paks to be used for seasonal color areas.

See Section XI below.

I. WATERING: When the pit has been backfilled to three quarters of its depth water shall be poured about the roots. Air pockets shall be eliminated and backfill continued until the backfill is brought to grade level.

J. COMPACTING: Backfill shall not be compacted around the roots or ball of the plant during or after planting. The backfill on which the plant ball rests shall be lightly compacted.

K. SETTLEMENT: Plants which settle sh all be raised to the required level or replaced at the option of the Contractor. Raised plants which fail to grow shall be replaced.

L. STAKING: Stakes shall be driven to sufficient depth to hold the tree rigid. Trees shall be supported by at least two ties (see details).

M. PRUNING: Pruning shall be done only as directed by the Owner's Representative, and shall comply with ANSI A300 Standard Practices for Trees, Shrubs and Other Woody Plant Maintenance. In no instance shall topping, flush pruning cuts or other damaging actions be acceptable; any final cuts for removal of a lateral branch shall be made close to the trunk or parent limb, but without cutting into the branch bark ridge, collar, or leaving a stub.

N. PLANTING BEDS: Planting beds shall be edged and cultivated to the line separating areas as shown. Beds shall be brought to a smooth even surface conforming to established grades after full settlement has occurred.

IX. GROUND COVER AREAS:

A. REFERENCE: Refer to Paragraph V, VI, VII, for finish grading, weed control, and soil preparation.

B. SOIL PREPARATION: Amend the site soil in all planting areas per Surface Soil Preparation section of the Agricultural Soils Report as specified on the planting notes.

C. GRADING: Areas shall be raked and floated smooth to
provide a true and uniform surface.

D. PLANT PITS AND FERTILIZER: Planti ng pits for ground cover shall be 4" x 4" or adequate to accept plant material from flats or 4" pots without crushing or deforming the rootball. Place a 20-10-5 Agriform 5 gram fertilizer tablet in each individual ground cover pit.

E. SPACING: Plant according to spacing and in areas indicated on the drawings. Soil shall be firmly tamped around each plant, and the excess soil removed from the crown.

F. WATERING: Each section of ground cover shall be
immediately watered upon completion of planting, and
thereafter as required.

G. SPACING FROM EDGE: The first row of ground cover should be placed at the half distance of the plant size shown on plan from the edge of planting area and triangle-spaced.

X. SEASONAL COLOR (IF APPLICABLE):

A. REFERENCE: Refer to Paragraph V, VI, VII, for finish grading, weed control, and soil preparation.

B. SOIL PREPARATION: Prepare the soil as per these specifications and the Planting Notes on the Planting Plan.

C. GRADING: Areas shall be raked and floated smooth to
provide a true and uniform surface.

D. QUALITY OF PLANTS: Plants sh all be healthy annual plant material in bloom in the size indicated on the drawings.

E. PLANT PITS AND FERTILIZER: Ea ch plant pit for seasonal color shall be 6" x 6", or adequate to accept material in the required size, with one teaspoon of bone meal mixed into the backfill mix (shrub backfill mix should be used, but without the Agriform plant tablets).

F. SPACING: Plant at spacing and in areas indicated on the drawings. Soil shall be firmly tamped around each plant, and the excess soil removed from the crown.

G. WATERING: Each section of seasonal color shall be
immediately watered upon completion of planting, and
watered thereafter as required.

H. SPACING FROM EDGE: the first row of seasonal color should always be within 6" of the edge of the planting area.

XI. SOD LAWN MATERIALS AND PLANTING (IF APPLICABLE):

A. REFERENCE: Refer to Paragraph V, VI, VII, for finish grading, weed control, and soil preparation.

B. PREPARATION: Sod area prior to planting shall be rolled lightly and watered to a depth of 6" the day prior to planting. If any air pockets are found, the area shall be regraded as
necessary. Lightly water the area to be planted just prior to planting.

C. QUALITY: Sod shall be #1 Grade, machine cut at uniform thickness of 5/8" excluding top growth and thatch, weed free and shall be no less than eight months nor more than sixteen months old.

D. TIMING: Installation shall take place within 24 hours after harvesting.

E. INSTALLATION: Sod shall be la id in a staggered pattern, with tight joints and in the same direction each time. On all slopes greater than 3:1, sod shall be installed from the bottom up and the newly installed sod should be protected by walking on boards as installer moves upward. On such slopes, pin the sod down with wooden pegs. No metal staples will be
allowed. No sod of less than 18" in length will be allowed.

F. JOINTS: Adjoin the sections of sod firmly together. If air spaces occur between sections of sod they must be filled with sand or the sod relaid.

G. ROLLING: Roll sod with an adequately weighted roller to smooth out the sod bed.

H. PROTECTION OF EDGES: Regrade to protect the edges from drying if mowing edge is not used.

I. WATERING: After installation sod must be kept thoroughly watered to a depth of 6". No foot traffic shall be allowed for 2 to 3 weeks from the date of installation.

J. INSPECTION BY SUPPLIER: If there are any questions regarding the quality of sod installation a representative of the supplier shall be requested to inspect the installation and the
Contractor shall call out the supplier's representative.

XII. SEED LAWN PLANTING (IF APPLICABLE):

A. REFERENCE: Refer to Paragraph V, VI, VII, for finish grading, weed control, and soil preparation.

B. PREPARATION: Cultivate to a depth of 2" below finish grade, remove stones, foreign growth of any kind and extraneous matter, and grade to remove ridges and depressions so that areas after settlement will conform to the finish grade. Roll and rake lightly until the surface is smooth, friable and of uniform fine texture.

C. SOWING: Sow lawn seed in the area designated on the
drawings at the rate as designated on the Planting Plans. Sow the lawn in two directions.

D. TOP DRESSING: Rake lightly, spread 1/4" of Par-5 top dressing with a mechanical spreader, roll with a 200 lbs. roller and water with a fine spray.

XIII. HYDROSEEDING SPECIFICATIONS (IF APPLICABLE):

A. GENERAL: The hydromulch shall be applied in the form of a slurry consisting of wood cellulose fiber, seed, chemical additives, commercial fertilizer and water. When hydraulically sprayed on the soil surface, the hydromulching shall form a blotter like ground cover impregnated uniformly with seed and fertilizer and shall allow the absorption of moisture and rainfall to percolate to the underlying soil.

B. EQUIPMENT: Hydraulic equipment used for the application of the fertilizer, seed, and slurry of prepared wood pulp shall be of the "super hydro-seeder" type as approved by the Owner's Representative.

C. APPLICATION: The operator shall spray the area with a uniform visible coat by using the green color of the wood pulp as a guide. The slurry shall be applied in a sweeping motion in a arched stream so as to fall like rain allowing the wood fibers to build on each other until a good coat is achieved and the material is spread at the required rate per acre.

D. TIME LIMIT: All slurr y mixture which has not been applied within four hours after mixing will be rejected and removed from the project at the Contractor's expense.

E. PROTECTION: Special care should be exercised by the
Contractor in preventing any of the slurry being sprayed inside any reservoir basin or onto drainage ditches and channels which may impede the free flow of rain or irrigation water.

Any slurry spilled into restricted areas shall be cleaned up at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the Owner or Owner's Representative.

F. MAINTENANCE AND IRRIGATION: Once the slurry mulch has been applied and allowed to set for one day, the slope shall then be irrigated. There is no set irrigation requirements in gallons per minute. Duration of time and number of gallons to be applied will vary from day to day and system to system depending on the rate of growth and climatic conditions encountered. As a rule of thumb, the soil surface must be kept moist at all times, particularly during the seeding germination period (approximately 30 days).

G. RESEEDING: All bare spots shall be reseeded (sodded, if hydroseed is turf mix), by the Contractor within 45 days providing the lack of cover growth or mulch is not due to inadequate irrigation or erosion caused by excessive watering by the Owner.

XV. REPLACEMENTS:

A. GENERAL: The Contractor shal l immediately replace any and all materials which for any reason die or are damaged while under the Contractor's care. Replacements shall be made with plant of like kind and size in the same manner as
specified for the original planting (see guarantee "XVII-D" for definition of death and replacement).

XVI. CLEAN-UP:

A. GENERAL: After all installation operations have been completed, all trash, excess soil, empty plant containers and rubbish shall be removed from the property. All scars, ruts or other marks in the area caused by this work shall be repaired and the ground left in a neat and orderly condition
throughout the site. Contractor shall pick up all trash resulting from this work no less than each Friday before leaving the site, once a week and/or the last working day each week. All trash shall be removed completely from the site.

B. TOP SOIL: Excess topsoil shal l be removed from the site.

C. NEATNESS: Leave the sidewalks and street in a neat and clean condition at the end of each working day.

D. REMOVAL OF TAGS: Remove al l tags, labels, nursery stakes and ties from all plants unless otherwise directed, and only at the end of all installations.

XVII. PROTECTION:

A. GENERAL: At all times during construction, adequate
protection shall be provided for all areas against damage of any kind, until final acceptance by the Owner's
Representative.

B. RESPONSIBILITY: the Contractor shall be held responsible for the care and preservation of all existing buildings and structures on the property and adjacent premises. Any part of them injured, damaged of disturbed because of his work
shall be repaired, replaced or cleaned by the Contractor at his expense.

XVIII. GUARANTEE:

A. SHRUBS: All shrubs shall be guaranteed as to growth and health for a period of ninety (90) days after completion of the specified maintenance period and/or final acceptance by the Owner or Owner's Representative.

B. TREES: Trees shall be guaranteed to live and grow in an acceptable upright position for one (1) year after the
specified maintenance period and/or final acceptance by the Owner or Owner's Representative. The Owner must provide adequate maintenance to ensure the extended guarantee
on trees.

C. DEFINITION OF DEATH: Plants which die or lose more than 30% of their original leaves shall be replaced.

D. REPLACEMENT: The Contractor, within seven (7) days of written notification by the Owner or Owner's Representative, shall remove and replace all guaranteed plant materials which for any reason fail to meet the requirements of this guarantee.

Replacement shall be made with plant material as indicated or specified from the original planting and all such
replacement materials shall be guaranteed as specified for the original guaranteed material.

XIX. MAINTENANCE:

A. SCOPE: After all work indicated on the drawings or herein specified has been completed, inspected, and approved by the Owner or Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall maintain all planted areas by means of continuous watering (including monitoring and adjusting irrigation schedule), weeding, rolling, mowing, pest control, reseeding, edging and/or any other operations necessary for their care and upkeep for a period of not less than ninety (90) days. At the end of the maintenance period, all plant materials shall be in a healthy, growing condition.

B. WEED CONTROL: All planted areas shall be kept free of debris and shall be weeded at not more that seven (7) day
intervals. Areas that do not have a pre-emergent weed killer shall also be cultivated at not more that seven (7) day intervals.

C. FERTILIZING: All planted area s shall receive a fertilizer as required per soils report recommendations. For bid purposes only, application rate shall be 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet of Gro-Power 45 days following the beginning of
maintenance. Water in thoroughly after application.

D. CONDITION OF SITE: During the maintenance period, keep the project neat and free from debris at all times. Obtain the Owner's approval for on-site storage of equipment or
maintenance materials.

E. PEST MANAGEMENT; Maintain surv eillance for pests to minimize damage to plants and irrigation equipment. Eliminate pests by certified pest control professionals who priortize
non-chemical, biological, cultural or physical control
methods to minimize health, environmental and financial risks.

XX. FINAL CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL MAINTENANCE INSPECTION:

A. FINAL CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION:

When all landscape improvements have been installed in
accordance with the plans and specifications, the
Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative and
request a "Final Construction" inspection. If the Owner's Representative determines the work to be substantially
complete and in conformance with plans and specifications, the Contractor will be advised that the basic ninety (90) day maintenance period is started.

1. In order to be substantially complete, at least the
following must have been finished.
a. All fine grading, including
elimination of low points that hold
standing water (exclude bio
retention areas after rain) and water
run-off onto non-permeable
surfaces.
b. A complete and operable irrigation
system.
c. Installation of all plant materials.
d. Seeding of all seeded areas.

2. Minor pick-up items may be completed during
the basic maintenance period. These items will
be determined as Minor solely by the Owner's
Representative.

B. FINAL MAINTENANCE INSPECTION: At the end of the
maintenance period and when the ground cover and turf
have established and all pick-up items have been
completed, the Contractor shall request a final maintenance inspection. The Contractor will be advised by the Owner's Representative at the final inspection that work is or is not satisfactory.

1. If the work is satisfactory, the basic maintenance
period will end on the date of the final inspection
as directed by the Owner's Representative.

2. If the work is unsatisfactory the basic
maintenance period will continue at no
additional expense to the Owner until the work
has been completed, inspected, and approved
by the Owner's Representative.

C. FAILURE TO PASS INSPECTION: If the work fails to pass final inspection, any subsequent inspections must be rescheduled as per above, and will be charged to the Contractor at the prevailing hourly rate of the Owner's Representative.

DECOMPOSED GRANITE
I. MATERIAL:

A. GRADATION: As determined by ASTM C 136 methodology.

Sieve Size Percent Passing
1/2" 100
3/8" 90-100
No. 4 50-100
No. 30 25-55
No. 100 10-20
No. 200 5-18
B. SAND EQUIVALENT: As determined by ASTM D 2419
methodology shall have a minimum of 30. Sand equivalent shall be a maximum of 60 for vehicular use areas.

C. R-VALUE: As determined by ASTM D 2488 methodology shall be a minimum of 73 for vehicular use areas.

II. STABILIZER (IF APPLICABLE):

A. PEDESTRIAN PATHWAYS & VEHICU LAR USE: Stabilizing organic binder Natracil produced by Gail Materials or equal. The binder shall be incorporated with the granite fines by the use of a pug mill that included a weight belt feeder that insures the proper ratio of binder to granite fines. Blending with the use of a bucket loader or similar is not acceptable. For pathways the binder shall be blended at the rate of 12 lbs. per ton of granite fines. For vehicular use the binder shall be blended at the rate of 14 lbs. per ton of granite fines.

B. EQUESTRIAN TRAILS & SLOPES 3:1 OR GREATER: Stabilizing organic binder Organic-lock produced by Gail Materials or equal. The binder shall be incorporated with the granite fines by the use of a pug mill that included a weight belt feeder that insures the proper ratio of binder to granite fines. Blending with the use of a bucket loader or similar is not acceptable.

For pathways the binder shall be blended at the rate of 12 lbs. per ton of granite fines. For vehicular use the binder shall be blended at the rate of 14 lbs. per ton of granite fines.

III. INSTALLATION:

A. DEPTH: For pathways, decomposed granite shall be placed to a minimum depth of 3.5" mechanically compacted. For
vehicular use, decomposed granite shall be placed to a
minimum depth of 4" mechanically compacted. For planting area as landscape mulch, use decomposed granite without binder. Decomposed granite shall be placed to at depth of 2", moderately compacted.

B. STABILIZER WATERING: Evenly sp read material in 2" lifts and grade smooth. Thoroughly water entire area so that the entire depth of the material is moist. After a period of 6 hours, compact the final lift with a mechanical compactor. Allow for a sufficient curing period of 4 days prior to use.

SPECIFICATIONS
1675 Scenic Drive, Suite 200
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
T: 949.399.0870
www.cdpcinc.com
conceptual design + planning company

COSTA MESA LAS VEGASCENTRAL COAST
R
IHC
6 1
T
7 I A
E
EA
C
P
V I
D
S
L
T
L
. OD A
CN
Exp. Date
Signature
4 B A
N
LA
DateE O
A
RT F
ET
E
J
I
G
TS
C
D
M
RE
July 31, 2025
I
OF
E
N
S S
A
R
E
A March 10, 2025
Know what's below.
before you dig.Call
R
This document contains proprietary information for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review. This document and its contents may not be used by any others without prior written consent of CDPC. Written dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions, and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of CDPC prior to commencement of work. 673

Downtown Manhattan Beach
Street Parking Locations
After Lot 3 Reopens
City of Manhattan Beach
Community Development
Traffic Engineering Division
Parallel parking.

Keep 9 spaces
Diagonal striping.

Keep 3 new spaces
Restore parallel
parking. Remove
3 spaces
Diagonal parking.

Keep 1 new space
Diagonal parking.

Keep 4 new spaces
Diagonal parking.

Keep 1 space
Parallel parking.

Keep 4 spaces
Restore lane.

Remove 12 spaces
Diagonal striping.

Keep 2 new spaces
Diagonal striping.

Keep 2 new spaces
18th Street to 20th Place
Diagonal to 90 degree parking.

Keep 19 new spaces
17th Street to 18th Street
Remove 14 parallel
parking spaces

PLANNED PARKING SUPPLY
56 Alternative Street Parking Spaces
70 Interim Parking Lot 3
126 Total
Diagonal Parking.

Keep 7 new spaces
Diagonal parking.

Keep 3 new spaces
Parallel Parking.

Add 1 new space

Interim Lot 3
70 spaces
674
Title
City of Manhattan Beach
/
Highland Ave
Rosecrans Ave
Marine Ave
Manhattan Beach Blvd
Artesia Blvd
Sepulveda Blvd
Aviation Blvd
^_
Lot 3 Parking
Structure
Lot 3 Parking
Structure
675
676
•
•
•
677
•
•
•
•
678
•
•
•
•
679
680
681
Agenda Date: 4/1/2025
TO:

Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM:

Talyn Mirzakhanian, City Manager
SUBJECT:

City Council AB 1234 Reports.

RECEIVE AND FILE
____________________________________________________________________ This is an opportunity for City Councilmembers to Provide reports of meetings and conferences attended in connection with their official duties at City expenses as required by AB 1234.

Page 1 ends

682
Agenda Date: 4/15/2025
TO:

Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THROUGH:

Talyn Mirzakhanian, City Manager
FROM:

Patricia Matson, Senior Management Analyst
SUBJECT:

Consideration of a Request by Mayor Pro Tem Lesser and Councilmember Tarnay to Discuss the City’s Noticing Policy for Residential Overlay District (ROD) Projects (City Manager Mirzakhanian).

DISCUSS AND PROVIDE DIRECTION
_________________________________________________________ RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council discuss and provide direction regarding the request by Mayor Pro Tem Lesser and Councilmember Tarnay to discuss the City’s noticing policy for Residential Overlay District (ROD) projects.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

There are no fiscal implications associated with the recommended action. However, should the City Council direct staff to analyze the request, staff time and resources may be expended to accommodate the request.

BACKGROUND:

Pursuant to the Brown Act, the City Council cannot discuss items not on an agenda unless under limited circumstances. The City Council has developed a process to allow individual Councilmembers to request, with the support of another Councilmember, that items be placed on a future agenda for City Council discussion. At that future meeting, the item is identified on the agenda in full compliance with the Brown Act. Discussion allows an opportunity to the public to provide input and the City Council, as a body, to decide whether City resources (staff time, etc.) should be incurred to present a more comprehensive report at a third City Council meeting.

Accordingly, individual Councilmembers can initiate future agenda items by following the following three-step process:

Page 1 ends

683
File Number: 25-0182
STEP ONE:

During “Future Agenda Items,” a Councilmember may request that an item be placed on the agenda. If another Councilmember concurs with placing the item on the agenda, the item is placed on a future agenda.

STEP TWO:

The item is placed on the agenda at the section titled, “City Council Requests and Reports Including AB 1234 Reports” at the end of the agenda with this report. If it does not require any staff time, there may be attachments (e.g., copies of ordinances, resolutions, contracts, etc. previously adopted or approved) to provide background or context. After discussion, the City Council typically has the following options:
a. Receive and File the report.
b. Direct staff to perform the necessary work to prepare a more comprehensive staff report and schedule the item for a future City Council meeting. c. Continue the item to a future date.
(PLEASE NOTE: For some matters that do not require additional background, a majority of Councilmembers can provide direction during the properly noticed second step, thereby eliminating the need for a third step.)
STEP THREE:

If City Council chooses option b) in Step Two above, the item is placed on a future City Council meeting agenda for action.

DISCUSSION:

At the request of Mayor Pro Tem Lesser and Councilmember Tarnay at the April 1, 2025, City Council meeting, staff has placed this item on the agenda for further discussion. Upon City Council consensus and direction, staff will undertake efforts to research this topic, if needed, and return to the City Council at a future meeting with more information.

Alternatively, City Council may provide staff direction without a third step.

CONCLUSION:

Staff recommends that the City Council discuss and provide direction regarding the request by Mayor Pro Tem Lesser and Councilmember Tarnay to discuss the City’s noticing policy for Residential Overlay District (ROD) projects.

LEGAL REVIEW:

The City Attorney has reviewed this report and determined that no additional legal analysis is necessary.

Page 2 ends

684
Agenda Date: 4/15/2025
TO:

Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THROUGH:

Talyn Mirzakhanian, City Manager
FROM:

Liza Tamura, City Clerk
Martha Alvarez, Assistant City Clerk
SUBJECT:

Agenda Forecast (City Clerk Tamura).

INFORMATION ITEM ONLY
_________________________________________________________ DISCUSSION:

The subject matter below is anticipated to appear on future City Council Agendas. It’s important to note that the information being provided is tentative, subject to change and is listed for planning purposes only. Agendas for City Council Meetings are finalized and posted 6 days prior to the meeting date.

CEREMONIAL
· Presentation of Certificates to Local AYSO Teams for Division Placements. · Presentation of a Certificate of Recognition to Maia Rocha from Mira Costa High School for Being of 30 High School Seniors to be Awarded $50,000 STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math) Scholarship from Southern California Edison. · Presentation of Certificates of Recognition to Pacific Elementary School. · Pledge - Pacific Elementary School.
· Presentation of a Plaque to Outgoing Boards and Commissioners. · Public Safety Recognition: a) Police and Firefighter of the Year; b) Medal of Valor Recipients.

CONSENT
· City Council Minutes (City Clerk Tamura).
· Financial Reports (Acting Finance Director Bretthauer). · Consideration of a Public Safety Camera System (PSCS) Policy (City Manager Mirzakhanian).
· Replace Existing Storage Trailer for Historical Archives and Allocate Public Art Funds

Page 1 ends

685
File Number: 25-0151
(Parks and Recreation Director Leyman).
· Consideration of a Resolution Approving a Master Use Permit Amendment and Coastal Development Permit to Modify the Established Size Limitations for Specific Land Uses at an Existing Commercial Development Located at 451 Manhattan Beach Boulevard, and Finding the Project is within the Scope of, and Was Adequately Analyzed in, a Previously Certified Environmental Impact Report (Interim Community Development Director Codron).
· Lot 3 Site Updates (Public Works Director Lee).
· Consideration of Approval of the Fiscal Year 2025-2026 City Work Plan (City Manager Mirzakhanian).
· Consideration of a Resolution Approving the Assessment Engineer’s Report for Annual Levy of Street Lighting Assessments for Fiscal Year 2025-2026 and a Resolution Declaring the City Council’s Intention to Provide for the Annual Levy and Collection of Assessments, and Setting the Public Hearing to Consider the Assessments for June 17, 2025 (Acting Finance Director Bretthauer). · Consideration of LoveMB Foundation Memorandum of Understanding; and a) Approval of the LoveMB Memorandum of Understanding (MOU); b) Authorize the City Manager to Sign the Agreement; c) Approve Four Fundraising Projects; and d) Designate a Councilmember for the LoveMB Board Council Representative (Parks and Recreation Director Leyman).
· Consideration of Accepting as Complete the Manhattan Village Senior Villas ADA Pathway Project (No Budget Impact) (Public Works Director Lee). · Consideration of Accepting as Complete Work Performed by Stephen Doreck Equipment Rentals, Inc. Regarding the Water Infrastructure Improvements and Resurfacing Cycle 2 Project (Public Works Director Lee). · Consideration of a Resolution Acknowledging Compliance with Senate Bill 1205 and California Health & safety Code Section 13146.4 (Interim Fire Chief Lang). · Consideration of Resolutions Approving a Professional Design Services Agreement to XXXXX in the Amount of $XXX,XXX for the El Porto Water Infrastructure Improvements Project and for On-Call Design Services for Water Improvement Projects to X Consulting Firms for $150,000 Per Firm for a Three-Year Term (Public Works Director Lee).
· Consideration of Resolutions Approving Amendment No. 3 to the Professional Services Agreement with Geosyntec Consultants, Inc. and Amendment No. 3 to the Professional Services Agreement with McGowan Consulting, Inc. for Administration of the Coordinated Integrated Monitoring (Public Works Director Lee). · Consideration of On-Call Emergency Construction Contracts Related to Resiliency and Continuity of Essential Drinking Water, Wastewater, and Stormwater Utility Services (Public Works Director Lee).
· Consideration of a Resolution Approving a Five-Year Professional Services Agreement with John L. Hunter & Associates for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) and Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) Environmental Compliance Inspection Services (Public Works Director Lee).

PUBLIC HEARING
· Conduct Public Hearing to Consider Adopting New Refuse Rates for Residential and Commercial Solid Waste Collection Services, Effective July 1, 2025, Through June

Page 2 ends

686
File Number: 25-0151
30, 2030 (Public Works Director Lee).
· Conduct a Public Hearing and Consideration of Resolutions Adopting the Fiscal Year 2025-2026 Operating Budget and the Gann Appropriations Limit (Acting Finance Director Bretthauer)

GENERAL BUSINESS
· Annual Boards and Commissions Appointments (City Clerk Tamura). · Consideration of a Presentation of the Fiscal Year 2024-2025 Proposed Operating Budget (Acting Finance Director Bretthauer).
· Consideration of a Potential Updates to the Refuse Enclosure Ordinance (Public Works Director Lee).
· Consideration of Pass-Through Increases for Cost Recovery Related to Wholesale Water Purchases and Discussion of the Need for an Updated Water Rate Study, Sewer Rate Study, and Financial Plans (Public Works Director Lee). · Discuss and Provide Direction Regarding Interim Uses of the City’s Recent Real Property Acquisition Located at 400 Manhattan Beach Boulevard (Interim Community Development Director Codron).
· Budget Report (Acting Finance Director Bretthauer).
· CIP (Public Works Director Lee).
· Consideration of a Pay N Play Replacement Options (Parks and Recreation Director Leyman).
· Consideration of Resolutions Appropriating Funds for the Preparation of Utility Designs for Underground Utility Assessment Districts 8, 13, and Vorhees; and Authorization to Solicit Proposals for the Preparation of Engineer’s Reports (Public Works Director Lee).
· Consideration of Adopting a Cross-Connection Control Program Work Plan to Comply with the New Regulations in the Cross-Connection Control Policy Handbook (Public Works Director Lee).

Page 3 ends

687
Agenda Date: 4/15/2025
TO:

Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THROUGH:

Talyn Mirzakhanian, City Manager
FROM:

Libby Bretthauer, Acting Finance Director
Mark Leyman, Parks and Recreation Director
Michael Codron, Interim Community Development Director
SUBJECT:

Commission Minutes:

This Item Contains Minutes of the following City Commission Meetings:
a) Library Commission Meeting Minutes of August 12, 2024 (Parks and Recreation Director Leyman)
b) Library Commission Meeting Minutes of September 9, 2024 (Parks and Recreation Director Leyman)
c) Library Commission Meeting Minutes of November 12, 2024 (Parks and Recreation Director Leyman)
d) Cultural Arts Commission Meeting Minutes of December 16, 2024 (Parks and Recreation Director Leyman)
e) Parking and Public Improvements Commission Meeting Minutes of January 23, 2025 (Interim Community Development Director Codron)
f) Cultural Arts Commission Meeting Minutes of February 19, 2025 (Parks and Recreation Director Leyman)
g) Finance Subcommittee Action Meeting Minutes of March 6, 2025 (Acting Finance Director Bretthauer)
h) Library Commission Meeting Minutes of March 10, 2025 (Parks and Recreation Director Leyman).

INFORMATION ITEM ONLY
_____________________________________________________________________ The attached minutes are for information only:
1) Library Commission Meeting Minutes of August 12, 2024 2) Library Commission Meeting Minutes of September 9, 2024

Page 1 ends

688
File Number: 25-0152
3) Library Commission Meeting Minutes of November 12, 2024 4) Cultural Arts Commission Meeting Minutes of December 16, 2024 5) Parking and Public Improvements Commission Meeting Minutes of January 23, 2025 6) Cultural Arts Commission Meeting Minutes of February 19, 2025 7) Finance Subcommittee Action Meeting Minutes of March 6, 2025 8) Library Commission Meeting Minutes of March 10, 2025

Page 2 ends

689
August 12, 2024 1

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

MINUTES OF THE LIBRARY COMMISSION

August 12, 2024
4:00 p.m.

City Council Chambers and Zoom

The August 12, 2024 meeting has been cancelled. The next regularly meeting will be held on September 9, 2024.
690

Manhattan Beach Library Commission
September 9, 2024 1

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

MINUTES OF THE LIBRARY COMMISSION MEETING
Monday, September 9, 2024
4:00 PM
Location: City Manager Conference Room, 1400 Highland Avenue and Zoom

A. CALL TO ORDER
Chair Doll called the meeting to order at 4:00 p.m.

B. PLEDGE TO THE FLAG

C. ROLL CALL

Present: Commissioners Bond, Braitman, Huber, Millea, Vice Chair Levitt, Chairperson Doll

Absent: None
Others Present: Senior Recreation Supervisor (SRS) Kari Bell; Senior Management Analyst (SMA) Linda Robb, Recording Secretary Rosemary Lackow.

Chair Doll welcomed student commissioner Sydney Huber who gave a brief self-introduction, noting she is a Junior at Mira Costa; she looks forward to contributing to the commission.

D. APPROVAL OF MINUTES – July 9, 2024

Chair Doll called for any changes; seeing none, it was moved and seconded (Braitman/Levitt) unanimously to approve as submitted.

E. AUDIENCE PARTICIPATION

1. Librarian’s Update
Library Manager Josh Murray announced several library events and activities available to the public through October 10th for all age groups, noting that September is designated Hispanic Heritage month. For more information: www.lacountylibrary.org.

The Commission briefly discussed the library’s teen book club and tutoring with Manager Murray. Vice Chair Levitt will set up a meeting between the commission programming committee and Manager Murray to discuss the possibility of expanding the teen book club into the schools and sharing the library tutoring resources with teachers.

F. GENERAL BUSINESS

1. 2024 Work Plan Discussion (committee members indicated for each project) a) One Book, One County Program. (Doll, Millea)

Library Manager Murray recapped the J uly 28 th workshop/reception with author Maria Amparo Escandón. He felt the event went very well and estimated attendance as 50+ including library, commission and city staff. V ice Chair Levitt expressed a concern , shared by Commissioners Bond and Braitman , that there may have been a disconnect in that, as 691

Manhattan Beach Library Commission
September 9, 2024 2

advertised, there could have been an expectation that the “writer workshop” portion would be more technically focused for writers, but that turned out not to be the case and this may have affected attendance. Chair Doll thanked Manager Murray for his efforts including his introduction and showcasing of the library.

Manager Murray noted the data regarding the overall program is still being analyzed. The Commission requested that the County provide a recap as well as an accounting of the city surplus funds that had been contributed. SRS Bell will discuss with Director Leyman.

b) Library Appreciation Events (Millea, Braitman, Huber) Commissioner Braitman suggested that the Commission ’s public library staff recognition include: 1) dropping off an edible treat (for approximately a dozen people) for library staff just prior to each Commission meeting (e.g. donuts, cookies, bagels); 2) continue having a catered meal (breakfast or lunch) in November, and 3) continue recognizing school librarians with a gift/certificate at end of school year.

The Commission discussed with Manager Murray who indicated that monthly treats would be appreciated and can, for convenience, be brought to the front desk, but asked that he be given advance notice so that he can let staff know and anticipate this. Regarding a catered meal, he suggested that the best time (when staffing is at a peak) is around 2:00 on a Tuesday. A “to go” set up works best for staff. A schedule for treat drop offs was discussed: Ch air Doll volunteered for October, Commissioner Levitt, November, and Commissioner Bond will bring in December.

The committee will explore Tuesdays in November for a library staff lunch, from 1 pm to 3 p.m. as well as caterers. Chair Doll requested that the committee email her when a date has been set.

Commissioner Millea will look at what needs to be done to plan for the school librarian recognition for June 2025, working with Commissioner Huber. c) StoryWalk (Bond, Millea, Huber)
Commissioner Bond will install the next book - “Hello Coco!” by Latrice McGlothin in early October. As her term ends at the end of next May, she will focus on working with Commissioners Millea and Huber who will be handling this program in the future . The committee will meet and discuss how the project tasks will be organized; tasks include working with the children’s librarian to determine book titles, purchase of two books for each installation, getting pages laminated and installing the laminated pages in the frames.

Brief discussion followed in which Manager Murray noted that, during the Home Town Fair, the library plans to have multiple displays on the second floor, including a display of local authors from Manhattan Beach and surrounding south bay area. d) Library Surplus
Chair Doll noted that this discussion item is broken down into two separate committees: 1) LA County Speaker Series (Doll, Levitt, Bond) and 2) Library Maintenance (Levitt, Doll).

Maintenance: Manager Murray updated that meetings have been held or scheduled, e.g. with the library furniture vendor and original interior designer and repairs have been initiated . A temporary fix will be made to the central HVAC system with a permanent solution much further in the future . The county is working towards completing all items on the list (stairs, window glass cleaning , furniture, etc. ) prior to the 10 th anniversary; that date has yet to be determined. He shared some details, for example, an anti-graffiti film that has been placed on 692

Manhattan Beach Library Commission
September 9, 2024 3

windows has been found to make the glass appear to be dirty even when surface is clean; he has requested that this film be removed for now. He will look into the status of repairing the stairs and has emailed /forwarded Commissioner Braitman’s suggestion that heat pumps be looked into for the air conditioning.

Speaker events: Chair Doll reported that she and Commissioner Levitt me t with the County planning staff who presented ideas for two speaker events : smaller (80-person) event this November at the library (estimated earmarking of $10,000 from library surplus), and a larger event in spring 2025 at the Mira Costa auditorium likely in May, to coincide with the library’s 10th anniversary.

The Commission discussed various ideas for topics or speakers for the November event (e.g. a digital content creator, sports figure, media analyst, film critic, etc.) The city/county speaker event team will meet again this Thursday and it is hoped that the November speaker will be firmed up by the October meeting.

Vice Chair Levitt suggested, if agreeable with the County, working with the high school. SRS Bell requested that all ideas or resources from the commission to be raised at this Thursday’s meeting, be emailed to her by end of this Wednesday.

Vice Chair Levitt noted that the Library Commission/County library speaker committee is also looking at speakers for the bigger, spring event; she will report back to the commission when more information is available.

Commissioner Huber noted that she is considering initiating a school club that would be composed of other city or local high school student commissioners and this might be a good way to promote the speaker events. She will reach out to students and report back at the next meeting.

G. STAFF ITEMS – SRS Bell informed: 1) The items on the library repair list that have been compiled are eligible to be funded through the city’s library surplus and the city is currently waiting for a quote before this can go forward. 2) Staff will confirm future meeting dates for October and November and all city commissions will be “dark” in December.

H. COMMISSION ITEMS – None
I. ADJOURNMENT
With no objection, Chair Doll adjourned at 5:37 pm to 4:00 p.m., October 16, 2024 (special meeting date due to holiday).
693

Manhattan Beach Library Commission
November 12, 2024 1

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

MINUTES OF THE LIBRARY COMMISSION MEETING
Tuesday, November 12, 2024
4:00 PM
Location: City Council Chambers, 1400 Highland Avenue and Zoom Teleconference by Commissioner Bond (per Government Code Section 54953(b)) Marriott Manhattan Midtown Lobby
151 W. 54h Street
New York, New York 10019

A. CALL TO ORDER
Chair Doll called the meeting to order at 4:00 p.m.

B. PLEDGE TO THE FLAG

C. ROLL CALL

Present: Commissioners Bond (remote), Braitman, Huber, Millea, Vice Chair Levitt, Chairperson Doll

Absent: None
Others Present: Senior Recreation Supervisor (SRS) Kari Bell; Senior Management Analyst (SMA) Linda Robb, Recording Secretary Rosemary Lackow.

D. APPROVAL OF MINUTES – October 16, 2024

Chair Doll called for any changes; seeing none, it was moved and seconded (Braitman/Millea) to approve; motion carried 6-0.

E. AUDIENCE PARTICIPATION

1. Librarian’s Update
Library Manager Josh Murray announced several library events and activities available to the public for all age groups through mid-December. For more information on all of the announced activities and events, visit: www.lacountylibrary.org.

Manager Murray highlighted:
• Manhattan Beach Speaker Series event: Cory Richards on November 16, 2 -3:30 p.m. (waitlist) - will not be recorded by library. City to check with County at meeting tomorrow as to general public recording.
• Library repair: progress being made on many fronts: new digital display in lobby; new HVAC units installed ; working on purchase orders , or sitewalks done for:
replacement/refreshing floors and stairs refinishing, furniture replacements or refreshing in adult and children’s areas; first floor windows anti-graffiti film replacement; wood paneling refinishing.
• Local school outreach: continues through children’s librarians, including story times both in-library and in classrooms and quarterly, at Friends of Library farmers market (next 11/19).
▪ Brainfuse: System-wide usage and satisfaction dated was reported for FY 2023-2024; in 694

Manhattan Beach Library Commission
November 12, 2024 2

several categories there is over 90% satisfaction; usage was 108,999; 95,305 used databases, and almost 14,000 used to help for homework, build skills, writing etc. (will try to get branch data).
• MB branch statistics . FY 2023/24: filled 58,734 holds (increased); 169,375 visitors, averaging 14,115 visits monthly (17.5% increase); 183,832 all items circulated , an increase (books, magazines, DVDs, audiobooks, CDs, and electronic devices); 135,116 total digital downloads, eBooks and audiobooks (128% increase in Overdrive service).

Manager Murray commented that the library is keeping up with nation-wide demand for e-books which continues to trend upwards (library yearly increases number of e -books).

Some popular platforms for accessing digital media are Hoopla (no holds, but older books), Kanopy and Libby (by Overdrive) accessed from main library website page under the “digital library” link. Based on his experience, very few books are not returned to the city’s branch.

F. GENERAL BUSINESS

1. 2024 Work Plan Discussion
a) Library Appreciation Events (Commissioners Braitman, Huber, Millea) Commissioner Braitman gave a brief recap on the appreciation luncheon at the library, which occurred today. Very nice presentation, favorable and appreciative reception. Chair Doll asked that the library provide any helpful feedback for next year’s event. b) Speaker Series (Commissioners Bond, Doll, Levitt)
Chair Doll noted that the LA County and City speaker series planning team will meet tomorrow; The bookstore {pages} has been invited. It is expected that at the next (January) Commission meeting, in addition to a recap on Cory Richards, the speaker for the Spring, 2025 event will be identified.
c) StoryWalk (Commissioners Bond, Huber, Millea)
Commissioner Bond noted that there is no new information to report but she continues to work on a “how to” document with a list of books historically installed and those recommended, for her successor.
d) Library Events/Programming (Commissioners Braitman, Levitt) Library Hometown Fair Booth? Commissioner Braitman inquired as to whether the Library has had a booth at the Hometown Fair. Library Manager Murray explained that the library had a booth this year, set up outside the library and got quite a few visitors, but due to difficult logistics does not have a booth in the park. The library’s exhibit of local authors viewable before and after the fair was popular.

It was suggested that the Library Commission host a table to promote the library. After discussing, it was agreed that the committee, if interested, should develop a more detailed concept and run by Manager Murray for his input and then bring back to the full Commission for discussion. SRM Bell emphasized that it is important that the commission be strategic and make sure that the booth will be within the purview of the Commission’s liaison role, and not be infringe on the County’s role.

Photo Op Day? Commissioner Braitman reported that he and Vice Chair Levitt met with the County about potentially bringing back some form of “Photo Op Day” and they were advised that this is not an event that the County Library is interested in continuing. Vice 695

Manhattan Beach Library Commission
November 12, 2024 3

Chair Levitt clarified that the County does not see Photo Op Day as something that augments or benefits their programming. It was pointed out that the Photo Op event nexus to the library was that it could encourage attendees to also visit the library , especially important after Covid. However, attendance statistics do not indicate that such is needed in Manhattan Beach and the new speaker series will be promoting the library.

It was clarified that the committee is officially moving away from continuing Photo Op Day, but perhaps another city commission may be interested in this event.

G. STAFF ITEMS

1. SRS Bell asked whether any of the commissioners want to speak at the Cory Richards event, if so, please let her know so this can be worked out with the County.

2. SRS Bell reminded that the Commission will be dark in December.

3. Chair Doll asked about the status of digitization of local history; SRS Bell will look into and provide an email response . Manager Murray informed that the physical local newspaper historical collection was returned today and is once again available to the public.

H. COMMISSION ITEMS
Chair Doll reminded each Commissioner should regularly check their city emails and respond to staff in a timely manner and individual committees need to meet regularly between monthly meetings and generally communicate with other committee members. There was brief discussion on how to check city emails on a phone; SRM Robb will look into and advise.

Commissioner Huber will be having her student meeting this week and will remind about the Cory Richards event and ask about ideas for the spring event speaker.

I. ADJOURNMENT
It was moved and seconded (Levitt/Braitman) to adjourn the meeting at 4:57 pm to 4:00 p.m., January 13, 2025.
696
December 16, 2024

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

MINUTES OF THE CULTURAL ARTS COMMISSION

December 16, 2024
4:00 p.m.

The December 16, 2024 Cultural Arts Commission meeting has been cancelled due to the Holidays.
697
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 1 of 9

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

PARKING AND PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS COMMISSION

MINUTES OF A REGULAR MEETING
January 23, 2025

A. CALL TO ORDER:

The regular meeting of the Parking and Public Improvements Commission (Commission) of the City of Manhattan Beach, California was held in hybrid format (Zoom Call and in person at City Hall, 1400 Highland Avenue. Manhattan Beach, CA 90266) on January 23, 2025, at the hour of 4:00pm.

B. PLEDGE TO FLAG

C. ROLL CALL

Present: Commissioners Balla, Marcy (Late) (Remote), Kirschenbaum, Chair DaGiau

Absent: None
Staff Present: Ryan Heise, Acting Community Development Director Erik Zandvliet, City Traffic Engineer
Britny Coker-Moen, Environmental Programs Administrator Clerks: Carianne Chavez, Agenda Host

D. APPROVAL OF MINUTES
01/23/2025-1 Regular Meeting – December 5, 2024
MOTION: It was moved and seconded (Kirschenbaum/Balla) to approve the minutes without corrections.

AYES: Balla, Kirschenbaum, Chair DaGiau
NOES: None
ABSTAIN: None
ABSENT: Marcy

E. AUDIENCE PARTICIPATION (3-minute Limit)
Chair DaGiau opened Audience Participation.

There were no speakers.

Chair DaGiau closed Audience Participation.

F. GENERAL BUSINESS
01/23/2025-2 Aviation Boulevard Pedestrian Enhancement Project Community Meeting 698
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 2 of 9

Traffic Engineer Zandvliet explained that the City of Redondo Beach received a subregional Measure M transportation grant for the evaluation, design, and construction for pedestrian and bicycle improvements on Aviation Boulevard between Manhattan Beach Boulevard and Artesia Blvd. The City of Redondo Beach hired Fehr & Peers, a transp ortation consulting firm, to conduct the evaluation and make recommendations to prepare the engineering design. Redondo Beach has partnered with Manhattan Beach to determine what type of pedestrian improvements would be appropriate. There will be two additional workshops in Redondo Beach to receive feedback from the public. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet introduced Alex Melaragno from Fehr & Peers to give a presentation on the proposed project:

Mr. Malaragno provided a general overview and shared the four goals of the project:

1. Provide safer/low-stress crossing locations along Aviation Boulevard for residents and visitors of both cities to patronize local businesses and return to their residence or vehicle;

2. Improve access to transit and bus stops on opposite sides of Aviation Boulevard;

3. Encourage walking and bicycling trips between destinations in Manhattan Beach and Redondo Beach such as Mira Costa High School and Anderson Park, contributing to reduced vehicular traffic and opportunities for physical activity; and

4. Introduce more gaps for vehicles to enter at other unsignalized intersections along Aviation Boulevard.

Mr. Malaragno also shared the possible project alternatives:

1. No improvements

2. Crosswalk with Yellow Flashing Beacon

3. Crosswalk with Yellow Flashing Beacons and Center Refuge Island

4. Crosswalk with Red-Light Signal Control for Pedestrian/Bicyclist only

5. Full Traffic Signal for Vehicles, Pedestrians and Bicyclists He described the four crosswalk options and explained the differences between them. He also provided an operational comparison between the potential project alternatives and graded them based on their Level of Service (LOS) which is a measure of traffic operations from the drivers’ perspective. The community feedback survey will remain open until Friday, February 28th.

Traffic Engineer Zandvliet announced that Commissioner Marcy joined the meeting virtually.

Commissioner Kirschenbaum asked for clarification on the staff recommendation for the Aviation Boulevard Pedestrian Enhancement Project Community Meeting. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that that staff recommends that the Commission conduct the “community meeting” now as part of this agenda item, and to receive feedback regarding this project.

Chair DaGiau asked for clarification on what initiated this potential project. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that the proposed pedestrian and bicycle enhancements came from the Beach Cities Living Streets Manual efforts and through a Redondo Beach Council Member. Chair DaGiau asked if any residents contacted the Traffic Engineer regarding their concerns about this corridor. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that he has received interest in bicycle improvements on Aviation Boulevard and some concerns regarding traffic collisions and speed on Aviation Boulevard in recent years. 699
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 3 of 9

Commissioner Bal la asked if there is enough grant funding to install full traffic signals at these intersections. Consultant Melaragno explained that there will be an official cost estimate in the future but at this time, but there is funding for both design and construction of the potential improvements.

Commissioner Kirschenbaum stated that if crosswalks are implemented on a heavily trafficked street such as Aviation Boulevard, he believes it will create a false sense of security for pedestrians that cross the intersection. He also asked for the reason for implementing these crosswalks. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet explained that there were previous resident concerns about pedestrians crossing Aviation Boulevard and stated that staff is also concerned for pedestrian safet y, which is why all crossing alternatives have enhanced crossing safety features.

Chair DaGiau suggested that a pedestrian hybrid beacon would be beneficial for the proposed intersections. He also requested more information on the budget for the proposed project and then to discuss the possible project alternatives based on the budget. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that the best solution will be selected without regard to cost , and staff will find the appropriate funding if necessary.

Chair DaGiau opened public comment.

Kristie Daniel expressed her concerns regarding the unintended consequences of implementing the proposed crosswalks such as increased traffic on residential streets as there are three schools nearby.

Fred Rinaldi shared his concerns regarding pedestrian safety and the speed drivers travel on Aviation Boulevard. He also expressed his support for the proposed crosswalks.

Darren Sapanek (1720 Curtis Avenue) expressed her concerns about the lack of data regarding the number of pedestrians trying to cross Aviation Boulevard and based on this information, she doesn’t know if the crosswalks are necessary.

Mindy Bath -Schmidt shared her concerns about Sepulveda Boulevard between Manhattan Beach Boulevard and 2nd Street. She explained that there have been multiple collisions on various intersections along Sepulveda Boulevard and asked if the Commission and the State can research potential options to prevent future collisions.

Paiwei Wei shared his support for the proposed crosswalks.

Gino DiGregorio (1726 Curtis Avenue) shared his opposition for the proposed crosswalks since there are no retail businesses near the proposed intersections. He also mentioned that crosswalks are not necessary since it will slow down traffic, but requested some other measure that will decrease the speed of drivers.

R.P. Combs shared his concerns regarding the proposed crosswalks as he believes they will increase traffic in the nearby residential areas.

David Sundius stated that he is on the South Bay Bicycle Coalition Board and shared his support for bicycle improvements along Aviation Boulevard.

Jackie Zuanich-Ferrell shared her support for the proposed crosswalks but only if they are implemented with full traffic signals for vehicles, pedestrians, and bicyclists as this is a safer option. 700
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 4 of 9

Paulette Rhaney shared her concerns regarding the implementation of the proposed crosswalks and believes it would create more traffic in the residential area. She also shared her concerns regarding the intersection of Aviation Boulevard and 2nd Street and suggested that a physical barrier be implemented on the Robinson Street side of the intersection to prevent cars from going straight onto 2nd Street.

Jenny Shannon expressed her concerns regarding the safety of the unprotected left turn lane on Aviation Boulevard at 2nd Street.

Zac Dean shared his support for pedestrian and bicycle improvements in Manhattan Beach and to increase safe transportation options within the City. He also shared his support for additional safe signal ized intersections and for the completion of the South Bay Bicycle Master Plan.

Phoebe Dedman shared her support for pedestrian and bicycle improvements and safety along Aviation Boulevard.

Chair DaGiau closed public comment.

Chair DaGiau re-opened public comment.

Zane Morrissey thanked Traffic Engineer Zandvliet for the implementation of parking tees on Aviation Boulevard. He shared his concerns regarding the speed of drivers on Aviation Boulevard.

Chair DaGiau closed public comment.

Traffic Engineer Zandvliet acknowledged the speed of drivers along Aviation Boulevard and explained that pedestrians do not cross at other intersections along this street due to safety concerns. He further explained that there are no pedestrian warrants or means to justify additional crosswalks or traffic signals.

However, these improvements can be justified for safety reasons. He also acknowledged the need for more enforcement within this area of the city and stated that the data collected for this proposed project is in the staff report.

Chair DaGiau thanked the members of the public for their comments.

Commissioner Kirschenbaum stated his opposition for the proposed crosswalks and stated that the report does not mention any reduction of Aviation Boulevard to one lane each way. He thanked the members of the public for their comments.

Commissioner Marcy thanked the members of the public for their comments and stated that he agrees with his fellow Commissioners.

Commissioner Balla suggested that this item be brought back to the Commission after the Community Workshops have concluded. She shared her concerns about the crosswalks and shared her interest in learning about fully signalized intersections for this proposed project.

Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that further updates will be brought back to the Commission before making a recommendation to the City Council. He stated that the next two Community Workshops will take place on January 27, 2025 and February 3, 2025 in Redondo Beach and more information can be found on the Manhattan Beach City website.

Commissioner Kirschenbaum asked if the City can reach out to Torrance Transit to implement more bus stops within this area. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that he will get back to the Commission with more information.
701
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 5 of 9

01/23/2025-3 Discussion and Provide Recommendation to the City Council on the Proposed Climate Action and Adaptation Plan

Environmental Programs Administrator Coker-Moen summarized the staff report. She explained that in 2018, the City Council approved an Environmental Work Plan, and the City committed to creating a Climate Resiliency Program which included an analysis of the City’s vulnerabilities to climate chan ge and sea level rise and develop a Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP). In response to advancements in climate science, updated state policies, the City has revised its goals. The new CAAP aims to achieve a 40 percent reduction in Green House Gas (GHG) emissions by 2030 and an 85 percent reduction by 2045, compared to 1990 levels. The CAAP also commits to the City to achieving carbon neutrality by 2045.

The two main objectives of the CAAP are:

1. Reduce the City’s community-wide greenhouse gas emissions; and

2. Increase the resilience of the community to the anticipated impacts of climate change.

The GHG reduction measures in the CAAP are organized in 7 groups of strategies, addressing energy consumption and generation, transportation, land use, solid waste disposal, and water use. For each GHG reduction measure, there are performance goals, strategies, and specific actions for reducing emissions.

Guidance for implementation, monitoring, and future updates is also provided. The following strategies are:

1. Clean Energy Systems

2. Green Buildings

3. Zero-Emission Vehicles (ZEVs)

4. Smart Mobility

5. Water Conservation and Reuse

6. Water Reduction and Recycling

7. Nature-Based Solutions

To meet these objectives, the CAAP sets forth nine strategic goals, which align with the City’s General Plan, Local Coastal Program, and other relevant policies which are:
• Engaged, Prosperous, and Equitable Community;
• Reduced Dependency on Fossil Fuels;
• Clean Air Community;
• Healthy Buildings and Infrastructure;
• Safe and Efficient Transportation System;
• Sustainable Resource Consumption;
• Resilient Populations and Neighborhoods;
• Climate-Resilient City Infrastructure; and
• Resilient Parks, Beaches, and Public Spaces.

Climate Resilience and Adaptation strategies address community preparedness, extreme heat mitigation, air pollution, sea level rise, and drought and water management. The CAAP development process involved extensive community engagement, including public workshops, stakeholder meetings, and surveys.

702
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 6 of 9

Effective implementation of the CAAP requires a robust framework, including:
• Implementation Schedule with a detailed timeline for executing strategies and actions, categorized into short-term, medium-term, and long-term milestones; • Specific roles assigned to City departments to ensure accountability; • Identification of potential funding opportunities, including state and federal grants, public-private partnerships, and local resources; and
• Use of KPIs to track progress, with annual reports to the City Council and Planning Commission.

Chair DaGiau opened public comment.

Paiwei Wei suggested amending the CAAP to add a commitment to completing the South Bay Bicycle Master Plan and to implement more protected bicycle lanes around the city as transportation alternatives.

Paulette Rhaney asked if the bus system could be brought back for the Mira Costa and Manhattan Beach Middle School students to reduce air pollution and traffic congestion.

Chair DaGiau asked if there is a regulation that prevents bus drivers from leaving their buses running at Mira Costa High School. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated he will get back to the Commission with more information.

Mindy Bath-Schmidt shared her opposition for creating more bicycle lanes in the City as it will take away lanes for drivers. She also shared her concerns regarding enforcing e-bicycle regulations.

Christopher Coons stated that he is the President Pro -Tem of the South Bay Bicycle Coalition and requested to accelerate the implementation of the South Bay Bicycle Master Plan.

MOTION: It was moved and seconded (Kirschenbaum/DaGiau) to recommend the approval of the Climate Action and Adaptation Plan.

AYES: Balla, Marcy (Remote), Kirschenbaum, Chair DaGiau NOES: None
ABSTAIN: None
ABSENT: None

01/23/2025-4 Consider a Petition for Resident Parking Permit Restrictions on Peck Avenue between Gates Avenue and Voorhees Avenue

Traffic Engineer Zandvliet summarized the staff report. In November 2024, the City received a resident petition requesting the installation of “RESIDENT PARKING ONLY AT ALL TIMES” restrictions on the east side of Peck Avenue between Gates Avenue and Voorhees Avenue . The petition letter, written by Paulette Rhaney, the property owner at 224 South Peck Avenue, states that street parking in front of their homes is impacted by public schools and sports programs. The letter asks the City to post resident parking only restrictions on the east side of Peck Avenue from Artesia Boulevard to 1st Street, with up to three resident parking perm its and two visitor permits for each household . In 2005, the City Council authorized the Mira Costa Residential Parking Program to address student parking in the nearby neighborhood. Pursuant to the program, the current restrictions are set up with staggered hours on opposite 703
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 7 of 9

sides of the street to prohibit continuous parking during the school day, but still allow short-term parking, with the exception of permitted vehicles. The Traffic Engineer conducted field observations and confirmed that school-related parking significantly impacts residents along Peck Avenue. Due to the high parking demand within this area, the Traffic Engineer recommends the Commission move to approve limited hours for the No Parking prohibition instead of approving the proposed petition.

Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that Commissioner Marcy exited the meeting.

Chair DaGiau asked for clarification regarding the current Mira Costa Residential Parking Permit Program. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet explained that the current program allows for the Mira Costa Permit Parking restrictions to be placed on streets bordered by Sepulveda Boulevard, Redondo Avenue, Artesia Boulevard and Gates Avenue.

Chair DaGiau opened public comment.

Paulette Rhaney expressed her concerns regarding the current parking demand within her neighborhood due to school and sporting events at Mira Costa High School and Pennekamp Elementary. She explained that the public parks in front of the residences along Peck Avenue and on various cross-streets seven days a week throughout all hours of the day. She further explained that there is nowhere for her family or visitors to park. She also shared her concerns regarding the air pollution from all the visitors’ vehicles and the buses that drive through and park within this area.

Chair DaGiau closed public comment.

Commissioner Ba lla asked how the permit hangtags are enforced in this area. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet explained that residential areas are not proactively patrolled for violations and are handled on a complaint basis. Commissioner Balla asked if there had been a discussion with the School District.

Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that staff tr ies to manage parking issues with the School District as they come up. He confirmed all the parking issues brought up by the resident.

Discussion followed.

Chair DaGiau opened public comment.

Paulette Rhaney stated that updating the parking restrictions to include weekends would not be sufficient due to the parking demand at all times. She asked if the City could consider a bus system for the students.

Chair DaGiau closed public comment.

Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that the bus system was disbanded many years ago and there was no impact study since busing is not required by the State of California.

MOTION: It was moved and seconded (Kirschenbaum/Balla) to recommend the approval of No Parking restrictions on the east side of Peck Avenue between Gates Avenue and Curtis Avenue in accordance with the Mira Costa Residential Parking Program at hours to be determined by the Traffic Engineer seven days a week, resident hangtags exempt.

AYES: Balla, Kirschenbaum, Chair DaGiau
NOES: None
ABSTAIN: None
704
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 8 of 9

ABSENT: Marcy

OTHER ITEMS
01/23/2025-5 Staff Updates
Traffic Engineer Zandvliet provided the following staff update on the following items:
• The budget review process has been initiated for the next Fiscal Year. The City Council will soon host workshops to receive feedback from the public.
• More Capital Improvement Projects will be coming to the Parking and Public Improvements Commission as part of the Capital Improvements Program update in April. • The City Council will review their Work Plan for the upcoming year on February 10, 2025. • Parking Lot 3 Closure
o Demolition has been completed.
o The Engineering Division is working on a design for the surface level parking lot which will have 69 metered spaces and some EV charging stations. o A Feasibility study concluded that parking will best use for this lot. • The City Council selected a new Commissioner, Gita O’Neill, who will begin in February.

Chair DaGiau asked about the intersection on Marine Avenue and Cedar Avenue since there is only one crosswalk crossing Marine Avenue. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that there is a study in progress. 01/23/2025-6 Commissioner Items
Commissioner Kirschenbaum asked if there can be a meeting to discuss potential options to make travel safer along Sepulveda Boulevard and if these alternatives can be brought to Caltrans. He also asked if this can be brought to the February Commission meeting. Traffic Engineer Zandvliet stated that safety studies have been conducted in the past and stated that he will bring back a report to the Commission. He explained that this decision will be up to the City Council , but the Parking and Public Improvements Commission can make a majority vote to ask the City Council to add this item to their Work Plan.

MOTION: It was moved and seconded (Kirschenbaum/Balla) to recommend asking the City Council to add this onto their Work Plan, with the utmost urgency.

AYES: Balla, Kirschenbaum, Chair DaGiau
NOES: None
ABSTAIN: None
ABSENT: Marcy

Commissioner DaGiau opened public comment.

Mindy Bath-Schmidt shared her concerns regarding the intersection of Sepulveda Boulevard and 8 th Street as the lane striping is not clear on 8th Street. She requested that a separate eastbound left turn lane and a single eastbound through/right lane be created.

Jenny Shannon shared her support for increasing traffic safety along Sepulveda Boulevard.

Commissioner DaGiau closed public comment.

G. ADJOURNMENT
705
Parking and Public Improvements Commission
Minutes of January 23, 2025 Page 9 of 9

MOTION: It was moved and seconded (Balla/Kirschenbaum) to adjourn this meeting at 6:44 p.m. to the Parking and Public Improvements Commission Regular Meeting on February 27, 2025, at 4:00 p.m. at the City Hall Council Chambers (1400 Highland Ave. Manhattan Beach, CA 90266) and via ZOOM Call.

AYES: Balla, Kirschenbaum, Chair DaGiau
NOES: None
ABSTAIN: None
ABSENT: Marcy

706

Manhattan Beach Cultural Arts Commission
February 19, 2025
1 CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

MINUTES OF THE CULTURAL ARTS COMMISSION
February 19, 2025
Location: Manhattan Beach City Council Chambers
1400 Highland Avenue. Manhattan Beach, CA 90266
and Hybrid (remote/Zoom)

A. CALL TO ORDER
Chair Tokashiki called the meeting to order at 4:01 p.m.

B. PLEDGE TO THE FLAG

C. ROLL CALL

Present: Patterson, Chair Tokashiki, Torrey, Padnos

Absent: Vice Chair Karger, Colmey
Staff present: Senior Recreation Supervisor (SRS) Eric Brinkman, Cultural Arts Supervisor (CAS) Randy Niessen, Senior Management Analyst Linda Robb, Recording Secretary Rosemary Lackow

D. APPROVAL OF MINUTES – January 28, 2025

It was moved and seconded (Patterson/Torrey) to approve the January 28, 2025 minutes as submitted; motion passed by voice vote: 4-2 (Karger, Colmey absent).

E. CEREMONIAL - None

F. AUDIENCE PARTICIPATION (3-Minute Limit) - None

G. GENERAL BUSINESS

1. Work Plan Item Discussion

a. Utility Box Beautification – Phase III. SRS Brinkman reported: the RFP submittal deadline has been extended from March 9 th to March 30 . Flyers advertising the project were taken by Commissioners Padnos and Torrey who were requested to report back where these were posted.

b. Murals update. SRS Brinkman reported: at the February 4, 2024 meeting, City Council approved (3-2, pulled from consent) allocation of $18,000 additional for the shark mural. Artist Eric Snyder will begin work in early March; this is the last mural in this phase.

c. Sculpture Garden. Project is still paused with the exception of a decorative, artistic fence at Sand Dune Park. The fence will be brought to the C ultural Arts Commission at the appropriate time, as this will be funded through the Public Arts Fund (PAF).

d. New Art Initiatives

707

Manhattan Beach Cultural Arts Commission
February 19, 2025
2 i. Public Art Brochure: CAS Randy Niessen presented a first draft of the brochure which will be a tri -fold (8.5” by 11”) brochure and discussed with the Commission. The commission consensus was positive; CAS Niessen noted that while the brochure ’s two maps ( east and west sides of city) show only scu lptures and murals , a QR code will provide a pathway to the entire city collection viewable online. Artworks that will be deaccessioned will be included with future updates. Staff will work with the formatting and layout to ensure it is readable.

ii. Poet Laureate. (Patterson, Colmey, Padnos) Commissioner Patterson recapped research by the committee into other city programs and it is clear more discussion is needed on the honorarium amount and scope of the work. Commissioner Patterson noted also that per direction from last meeting, she has invited a member of the Manhattan Beach Poetry Circle to participate on the committee.

Commissioner Patterson concluded that the committee found that there is no template for a poet laureate (PL) program and there is a lot of variability. The amount of honorarium ranges from $2,500/year to $15,000 (over 2 years) and the programs have existed over varying lengths of time. For example: El Segundo, in only its second year recently raised its amount to $13,000 over two years; Malibu, which has had a program for five years pays $6,000 per year and provides much flexibility to the PL to design the program ; in Orange County there is one program privately funded that pays $15,000 over two years.

There was a consensus that Manhattan Beach, as a start, s hould use El Segundo as a model for the honorarium, but perhaps rais e the amount to $15,000 for two years plus $5,000 for materials. Commissioner Patterson recommended that in the prospectus, the word “materials” be replaced by “expenses.”

It was suggested that the city’s Historical Society be invited to participate in the process.

It was noted that it may be the City C ouncil’s preference for more of a prescriptive approach to the role and requirements of the PL. The benefits of having a less prescriptive approach were also pointed out , such as it may be less costly in terms of staff time required to monitor task follow -through. One option is to have a menu of options (e.g. holidays, events) but with a minimum requirement in terms of the number of events, with recognition that after the program is launched it can be adjusted.

Commissioner Padnos noted he ha s received input from the high school poetry club. Club members pointed out that although there are already some writing/poetry programs in the schools the poet laureate program could offer more collaboration including expanding poetry programs to the elementary schools through high school mentoring of younger students, writing workshops, events and panels wit h local poets and writers, musicians and songwriters and events at local bookstores, such as {pages}.

Commissioner Patterson noted that she has communicated with the MB Poetry Circle and has invited them to participate on the ad hoc committee.

Chair Tokashiki called for public comment.
708

Manhattan Beach Cultural Arts Commission
February 19, 2025
3 Deborah Henderson, MB Poetry Circle, attended many Poet Laureate events in El Segundo which were enjoyed by people of all ages; would love to see this happen in Manhattan Beach and highly encourages working with Bob, head of the Poetry Circle group.

Discussion focused on the student PL position and whether it should be included in the first year, and how much flexibility should be written into the requirements for what is expected of the PLs.

CAS Niessen provided his insights, noting that mentorship typically requires a lot of effort and can affect the program’s budget; he noted that the El Segundo program did not include a student PL. One effect of having a more prescriptive role (as in the current draft) is that it may involve more staff time to monitor to make sure the PL is following through on all requirements. He recommends loosening up the requirements somewhat.

Chair Tokashiki stated she likes the concept of integrating poetry with the schools including music, but leans towards r emoving the mentorship aspect from the desc ription for the initial rollout and re -evaluating later. Commissioner Padnos can see including integration into the schools in the initial rollout if the student role is kept relatively simple.

Commissioner Patterson commented that, as the prospectus is currently written, the student PL is more of an honorary position, to represent the City as a youth voice. The position involves recitation of the student’s original poetry at certain events, with mentoring by the adult PL and a teacher. The selection committee was discussed as an important element in the process but as yet, members of the selection committee have not yet been identified.

CAS Niessen suggested and the Commission agreed, to take some time to decide what its vision is for the PL position, and identify goals that are to be achieved, as having clear goals will: make the position more appealing to potential candidates; provide a framework to guide the development of specific programs; provide a way to measure success ; and facilitate integration of the programs into the community. While the overview in the project prospectus states specific requirements, it was suggested that the ad hoc committee consider questions like: how will this program inspire and impact the community, and what is the legacy that is desired.

Summarizing next steps, it was agreed that the honorarium amount should be modeled after the El Segundo program and the ad hoc committee will expand to include a member of the poetry circle group and meet to develop a broad vision and goals for the program that could be worked into a preambulatory statement (as opposed to a rigid list of requirements) with a description of the role for a student PL.

e. Memorial for the Fallen - SRS Brinkman clarified that PAF money can be used , if the written information being displayed is incorporated into the artwork. Accordingly, there are two options for the RFQ: 1) the onus for ADA compliance can be put on the artist; or 2) the artwork location itself can be predetermined to be ADA compliant by being close enough to a public accessible sidewalk with a large, read able font size. He cited the MB Education Foundation donor mosaic in Metlox Plaza as an example of an artwork that has an ADA compliant location.

An issue that affects the RFQ and is very important is (similar to the poet laureate project) is how prescriptive should the RFQ be? i.e. how much liberty should be given to the artist in designing the 709

Manhattan Beach Cultural Arts Commission
February 19, 2025
4 artwork. SRS Brinkman stated he leans towards more flexibility and creative license and endorses using the APPC as this project was driven by community interest.

There are two main tasks for the Commission: 1) determine use of APPC and its composition and; 2) provide guidance to staff in developing the RFQ. In developing the RFQ important issues include: a budget, general qualifications for candidates; and the artwork location.

The Commission discussed with staff and directed as follows:
• Budget: $150,000 to include artist design and fabrication, as well as engineering and permit costs.
• APPC composition: Cultural Arts Commission Memorial of Fallen ad hoc committee (Colmey, Patterson and Tokashiki), Gary McAulay representing resident and veteran’s interests and one more community member, to be determined. SRS Brinkman will contact the community member who spearheaded the 9-11 memorial for a suggestion.
• RFQ qualifications: to be open, b ut an artist who is a veteran would be able to provide that background in the artist bio section of the application. • Memorial location: candidates to be allowed to suggest a location (which of the two being considered) with the caveat that the RFQ to include all information needed to provide context for an acceptable (ADA compliant) location.

f. 2025-2026 Work Plan - SRS Brinkman noted that he and Chair Tokashiki discussed the upcoming work plan. Accordingly, projects proposed include: the ongoing artwork maintenance plan (based on the RLA survey) with recommendations to City Council ; and, new to the plan, a major review and editing of the Public Art Master Plan, including establishing a deaccessioning policy; and the Sand Dune Park artistic fence. Carried over projects will include Bruce’s Beach, the Memorial for the Fallen, Poet Laureate and the art brochure. The Sculpture Garden, other than the memorial for the fallen, may likely be paused.

Chair Tokashiki reviewed the ad hoc committees; those for the Poet Laureate and Memorial for Fallen will continue with new ones to be formed for the Public Art Master Plan and Sand Dune Park artistic fence after the new work plan is approved by council. A maximum of three commissioners can serve on a single committee. Commissioner Torrey expressed interest in sculpture and is happy to serve where needed. It was suggested that a conversation be had with Commissioner Colmey regarding the possibility of Commissioner Torrey serving on the Memorial committee.

H. STAFF ITEMS

Cultural Arts Division updates: SRS Brinkman reported:
• January 30: APPC meeting held on Bruce’s Beach project. Direction given on draft RFQ which will be published end of February; open for 2 months. APPC to meet April 23 to review applicants. • Egrets in Flight sculpture in Polliwog Park has been moved a short distance to school district property to avoid further damage from pool maintenance delivery trucks; artwork to be repaired. • Summer programming progressing; new clay work camps being offered at Arts Center. • Live Oak Park kiln: staff has been trained successfully; official unveiling March 3, 2;30 pm. • Juneteenth 2025: Cultural arts staff has begun planning; community meeting being scheduled. • “Ripple Effect’ exhibit at MBAC closes March 30; next exhibit opening April 18.

710

Manhattan Beach Cultural Arts Commission
February 19, 2025
5 PATF budget update - SRS Brinkman reported (approximately) • Total trust fund: $1,700,000 M
• Allocated: $960,000
• Un-allocated: $777,000
• $254,000 expiring December 2026

City Council updates: SRS Brinkman reported:
• Polliwog Dog Run expansion approved
• Sand Dune Park redesign: construction documents approved February 18; staff will develop an RFQ for the decorative fence element; project finalists will come before the APPC and Commission for a recommendation to city council.
• Surf Ascension sculpture, Highland North end: 1-year lease is ending; City to solicit additional public input and explore future costs , make a recommendation on whether to keep sculpture on temporary basis or permanently in City collection. It was briefly discussed that under the agreement, the sculpture is to display light shows on a regular basis.

I. COMMISSION ITEMS - None

J. ADJOURNMENT

At 5:49 p.m. it was moved by the chair, and seeing no objection, it was so ordered to adjourn the meeting to 4:00 pm, March 17, 2025
711
1 Finance Subcommittee Meeting Action Minutes
Meeting Date: March 6, 2025, 10:00 a.m.

Location: City Manager Conference Room
Recording Secretary: Helga Foushanes
In Attendance: Tim Lilligren, Treasurer
Amy Thomas Howorth, Mayor
David Lesser, Mayor Pro Tem
Talyn Mirzakhanian, City Manager
Onyx Jones, Interim Finance Director
Julie Bondarchuk, Financial Controller
Libby Bretthauer, Financial Services Manager
Emy-Rose Hanna, Revenue Services Supervisor
Marcelo Serrano, Budget and Financial Analyst
Called to Order: 10:05 a.m. by Treasurer Tim Lilligren
Agenda Item # 1 – Public Comments
None.

Agenda Item # 1- Approval of Minutes from February 13 , 2025, Finance S ubcommittee Meeting
The Finance Subcommittee approved the minutes of the February 13, 2025, meeting.

Agenda Item # 2 Long Term Financial Planning and Financial Policy Updates Staff gave a presentation of the City’s Long Term Financial Planning and Financial Policy Updates. The Finance Subcommittee directed staff to prepare the following:
• Provide a comprehensive background and narrative for full City Council regarding the Pension Unfunded Accrued Liability, explaining “savings” achieved through the issuance of POBs and the flexibility to allocate the savings based on changing budgetary needs.
• Provide annual updates on pension liabilities and costs. • Include an update on Property Tax revenues when taking the Proposed Budget to the full City Council on May 6, 2025.

The Finance Subcommittee approved the following:
• Changes per Staff recommendations in Section 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9 of the Financial Policies, as well as the changes in the Unfunded Pension Liability Policy. Key changes included:
o That the internal deadline for the presentation of the ACFR is pushed back to February 28 instead of February 1.
712
2 o Transferring $5 million annually to the CIP Fund from the General Fund; and revising the list of dedicated funding sources so that all parking citation funds remain in the General Fund and all parking meter funds remain in the Parking Fund.
o The FSC committee approved that financial reports and portfolios be presented on a quarterly basis going forward, but to recommend it to the full City Council at the time of the budget.

The
se changes will be presented to the City Council with the Proposed Budget and Financial Policies on May 6, 2025.

Adjournment
The meeting adjourned at 10:55 p.m. to next meeting March 31, 2025, 1:30 p.m., City Manager Conference room.
713
March 10, 2025 1

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

MINUTES OF THE LIBRARY COMMISSION

March 10, 2025
4:00 p.m.

City Council Chambers and Zoom

The March 10, 2025 meeting has been cancelled due to a lack of a quorum. 714
-1- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

CITY OF MANHATTAN BEACH

MAINTENANCE SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Maintenance Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is dated July 1, 2025 (“Effective Date”) by and between the City Of Manhattan Beach, a California municipal corporation (“City”), and West Coast Arborists, Inc. , a California corporation (“Contractor”). City and Contractor are sometimes referred to herein as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party”.

Contractor’s DIR registration number is 1000000956.

In consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. S cope of Services . Contractor shall perform the work and provide all labor, materials, equipment and services in a good and workmanlike manner for the project identified as Tree Management Services (“Project”), as described in this Agreement and the Scope of Work attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.

In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the incorporated documents, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

2. Extra Work.

Extra work, when ordered in writing by the Director of Public Works (“Director”) and accepted by Contractor, shall be paid for in accordance with the terms of the written work order. Payment for extra work will be made at the unit price or lump sum previously agreed upon in writing between Contractor and the Director . All extra work shall be adjusted daily upon the report sheet furnished by Contractor, prepared by the Director, and signed by both parties; and the daily report shall be considered thereafter the true records of extra work done.

3. Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the date first set forth above and shall remain in effect until June 30, 2 028, unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement. T he City Manager or their designee may extend the time of performance in writing for two additional one- year terms, or such other term not to exceed two years from the date of termination, pursuant to the same terms and conditions of this Agreement. If not renewed prior to the termination date, this Agreement may continue on a month-to-month basis under the same terms and conditions for a maximum period not to exceed six months or until renewed, terminated, or awarded to a new contractor, whichever is less. If not renewed prior to the anniversary date, this Agreement may continue on a month- to-month basis under the same terms and conditions as this Agreement for a maximum period not to exceed six months or until renewed or awarded to a new contractor, whichever is less.

4. Time of Performance.

A. Contractor will not perform any work under this Agreement until:
1) Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required under Section 14 of this Agreement; and
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 133715
-
2- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
2) City gives Contractor a written notice to proceed.

B. Should Contractor begin work in advance of receiving written authorization to proceed, any such services are at Contractor’s own risk.

5. T ime . Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

6. Force Majeure. Neither City nor Contractor shall be responsible for delays in performance under this Agreement due to causes beyond its control, including but not limited to acts of God, acts of public enemies, acts of the g overnment, fires, floods or other casualty, epidemics, earthquakes, labor stoppages or slowdowns, freight embargoes, unusually severe weather, and supplier delays due to such causes. Neither economic nor market conditions nor the financial condition of either party shall be considered a cause to excuse delay pursuant to this Section. Each party shall notify the other promptly in writing of each such excusable delay, its cause and its expected delay, and shall upon request update such notice.

7. Compensation.

A. I n consideration of the services rendered hereunder, City shall pay Contractor a fee not to exceed Five Hundred Seventy Thousand, Four Hundred Eight - Five Dollars ($570,485) annually, in accordance with the prices as submitted in Exhibit B.

The annual contingency amount for unforeseen and emergency services shall be $50,000. In no event shall the total compensation paid to Contractor exceed Three Million One Hundred-T wo Thousand, Four Hundred Twenty-F ive Dollars ($3,102,425) for the initial three-year term, and two optional one-year extensions, including contingency.

B. The amount set forth in paragraph A of this Section includes reimbursement for all expenditures incurred in the performance of this Agreement.

8. Payments. Contractor shall submit to City an invoice via email to [email protected] on a monthly basis for the services performed pursuant to this Agreement. Each invoice shall itemize the services rendered during the billing period, hourly rates charged, if applicable, and the amount due. City shall review each invoice and notify Contractor in writing within ten business days of receipt of any disputed invoice amounts.

City shall make payments within 30 days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from Contractor. City shall return to Contractor any payment request determined not to be a proper payment request as soon as practicable, but not later than seven days after receipt, and shall explain in writing the reason(s) why the payment request is not proper.

9. Taxes. Contractor shall calculate payment for all sales, unemployment, and other taxes imposed by local, State of California and federal law. These payments are included in the total amounts in Exhibit B.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 134716

-3- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

10. Audit. City or its representative shall have the option of inspecting and/or auditing all records and other written materials used by Contractor in preparing its billings to City as a condition precedent to any payment to Contractor. Contractor will promptly furnish documents requested by City. Additionally, Contractor shall be subject to State Auditor examination and audit at the request of City or as part of any audit of City, for a period of three years after final payment under this Agreement.

11. U
nresolved Disputes. In the event of any dispute or controversy with City over any matter whatsoever, Contractor shall not cause any delay or cessation in or of work, but shall proceed with the performance of the work in dispute. Manhattan Beach Municipal Code Chapter 2.56 (“Matters Requiring Filing of Claims”) shall govern the procedures of the claim process, and these provisions are incorporated herein by this reference.

12. T
ermination. This Agreement may be canceled by City at any time with or without cause and without penalty upon 30 days’ written notice. In the event of termination without fault of Contractor, City shall pay Contractor for all services satisfactorily rendered prior to date of termination, and such payment shall be in full satisfaction of all services rendered hereunder.

13. I
ndemnification , Hold Harmless, and Duty to Defend.

A. Indemnity for Professional Services. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, hold harmless and indemnify City, its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, designated volunteers, successors, assigns and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials (collectively “Indemnitees”), from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, judgments, penalties, liens, and losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of accountants, attorneys and other professionals, and all costs associated therewith (collectively “Liabilities”), whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, pertain to, or relate to, in whole or in part, the negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of Contractor, and/or its officers, agents, servants, employees, subcontractors, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual that Contractor shall bear the legal liability thereof) in the performance of professional services under this Agreement. Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims with counsel of the Indemnitees’ choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. Contractor shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by the Indemnitees in connection therewith.

B. Oth
er Indemnities.
1) Other than in the performance of professional services, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend, hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitees from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, expenses, judgments, penalties, liens, and losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 135717

-4- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
accountants, attorneys, or other professionals and all costs associated therewith and the payment of all consequential damages (collectively “ Claims”), in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of Contractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees, subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual that Contractor shall bear the legal liability thereof) in the performance of this Agreement, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Claims arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by judicial decision or by the agreement of the p arties.

Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Liabilities with counsel of the Indemnitees’ choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. Contractor shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitees in connection therewith. 2) Contractor shall pay all required taxes on amounts paid to Contractor under this Agreement, and indemnify and hold City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by this Agreement. Contractor shall fully comply with the workers’ compensation law regarding Contractor and Contractor’s employees.

Contractor shall indemnify and hold City harmless from any failure of Contractor to comply with applicable workers’ compensation laws. City may offset against the amount of any fees due to Contractor under this Agreement any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this subparagraph A.2.
3) Contractor shall obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identical to those in this Section from each and every subcontractor or any other person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. If Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity obligations, Contractor shall be fully responsible and indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all Liabilities at law or in equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of Contractor’s subcontractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees, subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual that Contractor’s subcontractor shall bear the legal liability thereof) in the performance of this Agreement, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by court decision or by the agreement of the parties.

C. Workers’ Compensation Acts not Limiting. Contractor’s indemnifications and obligations under this Section, or any other provision of this Agreement, shall not be limited by the provisions of any workers’ compensation act or similar act. Contractor expressly waives its statutory immunity under such statutes or laws as to City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 136718

-5- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
D. Insurance Requirements not Limiting. City does not, and shall not, waive any rights that it may possess against Contractor because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to this Agreement. The indemnities in this Section shall apply regardless of whether or not any insurance policies are determined to be applicable to the Liabilities, tax, assessment, penalty or interest asserted against City.

E. N
o Design Services. Contractor acknowledges that the Services to be provided pursuant to this Agreement do not require the services of a “design professional,” as the term is defined in California Civil Code Section 2782.8(c), and that therefore the provisions of California Civil Code Section 2782.8 do not apply to this Agreement.

F. S
urvival of Terms. Contractor’s indemnifications and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

14. I nsurance Requirements .

A. Minimum Scope and Limits of Insurance. Contractor shall procure and at all times during the term of this Agreement carry, maintain, and keep in full force and effect, insurance as follows:
1) Commercial General Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $2,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage and a general aggregate limit of $2,000,000.00 per project or location. If Contractor is a limited liability company, the commercial general liability coverage shall be amended so that Contractor and its managers, affiliates, employees, agents and other persons necessary or incidental to its operation are insureds.
2) Automobile Liability Insurance for any owned, non- owned or hired vehicle used in connection with the performance of this Agreement with a combined single limit of $2,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. If Contractor does not use any owned, non- owned or hired vehicles in the performance of Services under this Agreement, Contractor shall obtain a non- owned auto endorsement to the Commercial General Liability policy required under subparagraph A.1) of this Section. 3) Workers’ Compensation Insurance as required by the State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $1,000,000.00 per accident for bodily injury or disease. If Contractor has no employees while performing Services under this Agreement, a workers’ compensation policy is not required, but Contractor shall execute a declaration that it has no employees.

B. Acceptability of Insurers. The insurance policies required under this Section shall be issued by an insurer admitted to write insurance in the State of California with a rating of A:VII or better in the latest edition of the A.M. Best Insurance Rating Guide. Self insurance shall not be considered to comply with the insurance requirements under this Section.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 137719

-6- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
C. Additional Insured. The commercial general and automobile liability policies shall contain an endorsement naming City, its officers, employees, agents and volunteers as additional insureds.

D. P rimary and Non- Contributing. The insurance policies required under this Section shall apply on a primary non-contributing basis in relation to any other insurance or self-insurance available to City. Any insurance or self -insurance maintained by City, its officers, employees, agents or volunteers, shall be in excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

E. C
ontractor’s Waiver of Subrogation. The insurance policies required under this Section shall not prohibit Contractor and Contractor’s employees, agents or subcontractors from waiving the right of subrogation prior to a loss. Contractor hereby waives all rights of subrogation against City.

F. D
eductibles and Self -Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self -insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. At City’s option, Contractor shall either reduce or eliminate the deductibles or self -insured retentions with respect to City, or Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and expenses.

G. C
ancellations or Modifications to Coverage. Contractor shall not cancel, reduce or otherwise modify the insurance policies required by this Section during the term of this Agreement. The commercial general and automobile liability policies required under this Agreement shall be endorsed to state that should the issuing insurer cancel the policy before the expiration date, the issuing insurer will endeavor to mail 30 days’ prior written notice to City. If any insurance policy required under this Section is canceled or reduced in coverage or limits, Contractor shall, within two business days of notice from the insurer, phone, fax or notify City via certified mail, return receipt requested, of the cancellation of or changes to the policy.

H. C
ity Remedy for Noncompliance. If Contractor does not maintain the policies of insurance required under this Section in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, or in the event any of Contractor’s policies do not comply with the requirements under this Section, City may either immediately terminate this Agreement or, if insurance is available at a reasonable cost, City may, but has no duty to, take out the necessary insurance and pay, at Contractor’s expense, the premium thereon.

Contractor shall promptly reimburse City for any premium paid by City or City may withhold amounts sufficient to pay the premiums from payments due to Contractor.

I. E
vidence of Insurance . Prior to the performance of Services under this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish City’s Risk Manager with a certificate or certificates of insurance and all original endorsements evidencing and effecting the coverages required under this Section. The endorsements are subject to City’s approval. Contractor may provide complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies to City.

Contractor shall maintain current endorsements on file with City’s Risk Manager.

Contractor shall provide proof to City’s Risk Manager that insurance policies expiring during the term of this Agreement have been renewed or replaced with other policies Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 138720

-7- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
providing at least the same coverage. Contractor shall furnish such proof at least two weeks prior to the expiration of the coverages.

J. Indemnity Requirements not Limiting. Procurement of insurance by Contractor shall not be construed as a limitation of Contractor’s liability or as full performance of Contractor’s duty to indemnify City under Section 13 of this Agreement.

K. B
roader Coverage/Higher Limits. If Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required above, City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by Contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to City.

L. S
ubcontractor Insurance Requirements. Contractor shall require each of its subcontractors that perform Services under this Agreement to maintain insurance coverage that meets all of the requirements of this Section.

15. A
ntitrust Claims . Contractor offers and agrees to assign to City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the California Business and Professions Code) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to this Agreement. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time City tenders final payment to Contractor without further acknowledgment by the parties.

16. F
amiliarity with Work .

A. By executing this Agreement, Contractor represents that it has 1) Thoroughly investigated and considered the scope of services to be performed;
2) Carefully considered how the services should be performed; and 3) Understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending performance of the services under this Agreement.

B. If services involve work upon any site, Contractor warrants that it has or will investigate the site and is or will be fully acquainted with the conditions there existing, before commencing the services hereunder. Should Contractor discover any latent or unknown conditions that may materially affect the performance of the services, Contractor will immediately inform City of such fact and will not proceed except at Contractor’s own risk until written instructions are received from City.

17. Independent Contractor. Contractor is and shall at all times remain, as to City, a wholly independent contractor. Neither City nor any of its agents shall have control over the conduct of Contractor or any of Contractor’s employees, except as herein set forth; and Contractor is free to dispose of all portions of its time and activities which it is not Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 139721

-8- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
obligated to devote to City in such a manner and to such persons, firms, or corporations as Contractor wishes except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Contractor shall have no power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability on behalf of City, bin d City in any manner, or otherwise act on behalf of City as an agent. Contractor shall not, at any time or in any manner, represent that it or any of its agents, servants or employees, are in any manner agents, servants or employees of City. Contractor agrees to pay all required taxes on amounts paid to Contractor under this Agreement, and to indemnify and hold City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by this Agreement. Contractor shall fully comply with the workers’ compensation law regarding Contractor and its employees. Contractor further agrees to indemnify and hold City harmless from any failure of Contractor to comply with applicable workers’ compensation laws. City shall have the right to offset against the amount of any compensation due to Contractor under this Agreement any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of its failure to promptly pay to City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section.

18. Prevailing Wages. City and Contractor acknowledge that this project is a public work to which prevailing wages apply. Contractor shall comply in all respects with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code, including those set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

19. W orkers’ Compensation Insurance. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Contractor hereby certifies as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self - insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with suc h provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.”

20. Nondiscriminatory Employment. Contractor shall not unlawfully discriminate against any individual based on race, color, religion, nationality, gender, sex, sexual orientation, age or condition of disability. Contractor understands and agrees that it is bound by and will comply with the nondiscrimination mandates of all statutes and local ordinances and regulations.

21. D
ebarred, Suspended or Ineligible Contractors . Contractor shall not be debarred throughout the duration of this Agreement. Contractor shall not perform work with debarred subcontractors pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7.

22. C
ompliance with Laws. Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations in force at the time Contractor performs pursuant to this Agreement.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 140722

-9- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

23. P ayment Bond:

REQUIRED – or –

NOT REQUIRED
Contractor shall obtain a payment bond in an amount that is not less than the total compensation amount of this Agreement, and nothing in this Agreement shall be read to excuse this requirement. The required form entitled Payment Bond (Labor and Materials) is attached hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by this reference.

24. Contractor’s Representations. Contractor represents, covenants and agrees that:
a) Contractor is licensed, qualified, and capable of furnishing the labor, materials, and expertise necessary to perform the services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; b) there are no obligations, commitments, or impediments of any kind that will limit or prevent its full performance under this Agreement; c) there is no litigation pending against Contractor, and Contractor is not the subject of any criminal investigation or proceeding; and d) to Contractor’s actual knowledge, neither Contractor nor its personnel have been convicted of a felony.

25. W
arranty . The work shall be warranted by Contractor against defective materials and workmanship for a period of one year. The warranty period shall start on the date the work is completed as determined by the Director.

The warranty period for specific items covered under manufacturers’ or suppliers’ warranties shall commence on the date they are placed into service at the direction of or as approved by the Director in writing.

All warranties, express or implied, from subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers, of any tier, for the materials furnished and work performed shall be assigned, in writing, to City , and such warranties shall be delivered to the Director prior to acceptance of Contractor’s performance of the Agreement.

Contractor shall replace or repair defective materials and workmanship in a manner satisfactory to the Director, after notice to do so from the Director, and within the time specified in the notice. If Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, City may perform the replacement or repairs at Contractor’s expense. If Contractor fails to reimburse City for the actual costs, Contractor’s Surety shall be liable for the cost thereof.

26. Conflicts of Interest. Contractor agrees not to accept any employment or representation during the term of this Agreement or within 12 months after completion of the services under this Agreement which is or may likely make Contractor “financially interested,” as provided in Government Code Sections 1090 and 87100, in any decisions made by City on any matter in connection with which Contractor has been retained pursuant to this Agreement.

27. T
hird Party Claims . City shall have full authority to compromise or otherwise settle any claim relating to this Agreement at any time. City shall timely notify Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to this Agreement. City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing this notice.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 141723

-10- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

28. Non-Assignability; Subcontracting. Contractor shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement nor any part thereof, whether by assignment or novation, without City’s prior written consent. Any purported assignment without written consent shall be null, void, and of no effect; and Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify City and its officers, officials, employees, agents and representatives with respect to any claim, demand or action arising from or relating to any unauthorized assignment.

29. A
pplicable Law . The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California, excluding California’s choice of law rules. Venue for any such action relating to this Agreement shall be in the Los Angeles County Superior Court.

30. A
ttorneys’ Fees. If any legal action or other proceeding, including action for declaratory relief, is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover all attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees, and other costs actually incurred in connection with such litigation or other proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which the party may be entitled.

31. T
itles . The titles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any part of it.

32. A uthority . The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of Contractor warrant and represent that they have the authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of Contractor and have the authority to bind Contractor to the performance of its obligations hereunder.

33. I
ncorporation by Reference. All Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference. The documents, payment and performance bonds, City insurance requirements, together with this written Agreement (and all Exhibits, documents and laws referenced therein), shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Exhibit hereto, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

34. E
ntire Agreement. This Agreement, including any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated agreement between City and Contractor. This Agreement supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations or agreements. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, nor any provision or breach waived, except in a writing signed by both parties which expressly refers to this Agreement.

35. C
onstruction. In the event of any asserted ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of any matter herein, the interpretation of this Agreement shall not be resolved by any rules of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who causes the uncertainty to exist or against the party who drafted this Agreement or who drafted that portion of this Agreement.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 142724

-11- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

36. Non-waiver of Terms, Rights and Remedies. Waiver by either party of any one or more of the conditions of performance under this Agreement shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under this Agreement. In no event shall the making by City of any payment to Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by City of any breach of covenant, or any default which may then exist on the part of Contractor, and the making of any such payment by City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to City with regard to such breach or default.

37. No
tice . Except as otherwise required by law, any notice or other communication authorized or required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received on (a) the day of delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier service during Contractor’s or City’s regular business hours or (b) on the third business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses listed below, or at such other address as one party may notify the other:

To City:

City of Manhattan Beach
Erick Lee, Public Works Director
3621 Bell Avenue
Manhattan Beach, California 90266
To Contractor:

West Coast Arborists, Inc.

Patrick Mahoney, Chief Executive Officer
2200 E. Via Burton Street
Anaheim, California 92806

38. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterpart originals, duplicate originals, or both, each of which is deemed to be an original for all purposes.

39. S everability . If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 143725
-12- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the within Agreement the day and year first above written.

City:

City of Manhattan Beach,
a California municipal corporation

By:

Name: Talyn Mirzakhanian
Title: City Manager
Date:

ATTEST:

By:

Name: Liza Tamura
Title: City Clerk
Date:

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By:

Name: Quinn M. Barrow
Title: City Attorney
Date:

APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:

By:

Name: Erick Lee
Title: Public Works Director
Date:

Contractor:

West Coast Arborists, Inc.,
a California corporation

By:

Name: Patrick Mahoney
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date:

By:

Name: Richard Mahoney
Title: Secretary
Date:

PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO BIND

CONTRACTING PARTY REQUIRED

APPROVED AS TO FISCAL CONTENT:

By:

Name: Libby Bretthauer
Title: Acting Finance Director
Date:

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 3/25/2025
3/25/2025
144726
Exhibit A

EXHIBIT A
Scope of Work
Contractor shall provide care and maintenance for 5,400 trees spanning over the City’s four (4) square miles. City has approximately 9,700 Global Positioning System (GPS) inventoried trees. Per Municipal Code 7.32.050, the remaining trees will be the responsibility of the adjacent property owner to maintain.

1. CONTRACT ATTACHMENTS:

Attachment I – Cit y Medians:
• Rosecrans Avenue; Aviation Boulevard to Highland Avenue • Marine Avenue; Aviation Boulevard to Sepulveda Boulevard • Manhattan Beach Boulevard; Aviation Boulevard to Elm Avenue • Artesia Boulevard; Aviation Boulevard to Sepulveda Boulevard • Sepulveda Boulevard; Rosecrans Avenue to Artesia Boulevard • S Aviation Boulevard; Ruhland Avenue to Nelson Avenue

Attachment II – City Parks:
• Polliwog Park at 1601 Manhattan Beach Boulevard
• Manhattan Heights Park at 1600 Manhattan Beach Boulevard • Creative Arts Center at 1560 Manhattan Beach Boulevard • Sand Dune Park at 550 33rd Street
• Marine Avenue Park at 1625 Marine Avenue
• Marine Sports Park at 1801 Marine Avenue
• Live Oak Park at 1901 N Valley Drive
• Larsson Street Parquette at 211 Larsson Street
• 8 th Street Parquette at 1746 Eighth Street
• Nelson Parquette at Sout Aviation Boulevard & Nelson Avenue • Bruce’s Beach at Highland Avenue & 27th Street
• Block 35 (Water Tower Park) at 1401 6th Street
• Veterans Parkway at Valley Drive between Sepulveda Boulevard and Boundary Place
• Manhattan Village Field at 1300 Parkview Avenue

Attachment III – City Facilities
• City Hall at 1400 Highland Avenue
• Annex (Chamber/Post Office) at 425 15th Street
• Metlox at 1221 N Valley Drive
• The Strand (El Porto Lot) between 45th Street and Rosecrans Avenue • 3714 Highland Avenue (Lot 4) at Rosecrans Avenue and Highland Avenue • Manhattan Beach Boulevard Parking Lot (Lower Pier Lot) • City Yard at 3621 Bell Avenue

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 145727

-2- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
Attachment IV – Downtown BID
Attachment V – North BID
Attachment VI – Greenwaste Recycling Reporting
Attachment VII – Tree Planting Detail

2. SPECIFICATIONS:

The Contractor shall be required to perform and complete the following t ree and/or landscape maintenance work thoroughly and professionally and to provide labor, tools, equipment, materials, and supplies necessary to complete all the work in a timely manner that will meet the City’s requirements:
• Tree pruning
• Tree removal
• Stump grinding
• Tree planting
• Emergency response
• Clearance pruning
• Tree watering
• Small tree care
• Palm trunk skinning
• Root pruning
• Arborist services/inspection
• Arborist Fumigation Services
• Arborist Fertilization Services
• Additional work
• GPS Tree inventory

A. ANNUAL AND BIANNUAL PRUNING PROGRAM:

At the direction of the Urban Forester, the annual pruning and maintenance of 5,400 trees within the City’s four (4) square miles will take place in the City medians, parks, open spaces, and facilities. The actual number of trees annually pruned and maintained under this contract will be determined by the City’s annual budgetary obligations on a year -by- year basis. The Downtown and North BID, Pier and El Porto lot palms shall be pruned biannually. All tree pruning must include structural pruning, crown raising, crown cleaning, and, if directed, crown reduction per the standards set forth by the International Society of Arboriculture Pruning Standards (Best Management Practices), the ANSI A300 (Part 1)-2017 Pruning Standards, latest edition. The Contractor will furnish all supervision, labor, equipment, and materials necessary to accomplish the work per the Contract. Special works that are difficult to access will require the need for specialty equipment (i.e., a ninety-five (95) foot tower). Service request pruning will fall under Crew Rental.

B. INSPECTION OF HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS:

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 146728

-3- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
Tree problems that are visible during the maintenance activities but not considered hazardous will be reported to the Urban Forester for direction and/or further evaluation.

These hazards can be discovered through both routine pruning work and other forms of inspection. The Urban Forester will direct Contractors or City staff to correct hazards promptly. All work history should be recorded within the City’s tree inventory management program.

C. CITYWIDE TREE RISK SURVEY:

The Contractor is required to provide an annual Level 1 Tree Risk Survey of the City’s approximately 9,842 GPS -inventoried trees, and these services must be provided annually throughout the term of the Contract. The trees assessed will be documented from a drive-by perspective. The survey shall include a report of all trees discovered having obvious significant defects or other conditions of concern shall be documented for follow-up action. This follow-up action can include a higher level of assessment or other mitigation efforts like tree removal or pruning at the Urban Forester’s direction.

D. CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND GAME CODE #3503:

California Department of Fish and Game Code #3503 states, “It is unlawful to take, possess or needlessly destroy the nest or eggs of any bird.” Therefore, the Contractor is responsible for bypassing and leaving undisturbed any or all trees scheduled for pruning or removal if active nesting birds or eggs are found to occupy the tree(s). Tree care operations will generally start on September 1st and end by March 31st.

E. TREE INVENTORY:

The Contractor must provide a complete Citywide GPS Tree Inventory, and a Level 1 Citywide Tree Risk Survey, and these services must be completed annually. The Contractor will provide the Urban Forester access to a record-keeping system consisting of an Internet-based software program that allows the City to maintain information about its tree population, including the description of each tree by species, height, exact trunk diameter for each tree (for PHC services), work history, and tree and planting site location and information. Additionally, the program should generate the estimated monetary value of the urban forest, recycling reports, live job balance, Contractor equipment GPS location monitoring. The tree inventory software program must be an Internet -driven tracking program. The program must have the capability to produce detailed listings of tree and site information, work histories, service requests, summary reports, and pictures of the City tree species. The Contractor must provide software support to the City for the entire term of the Contract. There must be no additional costs to the City for these services.

The Contractor must provide the City with recommendations for tree maintenance, recommended planting locations, and recommended removals. Attributes to be collected by field personnel may include address, s treet, facility, species, d iameter, condition, height, recommended maintenance, overhead utilities, and parkway size and type.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 147729

-4- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
I. GPS Tree Inventory:

Within thirty (30) days of notice to proceed on or before April 1, 2025, the Contractor must provide a complete Citywide GPS Tree Inventory of the City’s approximately 9,842 trees, and these services must be completed annually throughout the term of the Contract. The contractor shall include sidewalk deflection information during the annual tree inventory. The sidewalk inventory information shall include ½ inch deflects fifteen (15’) feet from the center of the tree or thirty (30’) overall on public propert y only. The Contractor must complete a Citywide Global Positioning System (GPS) tree inventory and a Level 1 Tree Risk Survey collected by an ISA Certified Arborist, including coordinates for all trees in public spaces. This includes, but is not limited to, all publicly owned trees on street rights-of-way, parks, City facilities, and open spaces such as medians, greenscapes, etc. The address information contained in the inventory should be linked directly to a Geographical Information System (GIS) program, specifically ESRI ArcGIS. The inventory collector will identify the trees by their global coordinates of longitude and latitude. By collecting the data using the GPS system, the City can consolidate the tree data with other various GPS coded programs in the City. The Urban Forester will receive a complete listing of all sites inventoried, both in hard copy and in the software, which will enable you to connect the inventory to the City’s GIS program and create various frequency reports.

A GPS tree inventory must be created with a new database using the City’s standardized addressing system for all parks and open space areas. The Contractor is required to create an ESRI ArcGIS compatible "shapefile". The new inventory must be capable of showing the location of every existing tree site and vacancies on the City's existing GIS base maps (streets, parcels, addresses, ROW and hardscape, etc.) The Contractor’s tree inventory must be conducted by visiting each tree site or vacant planting site and plotting the position. The data must be compatible with the latest version of ArcGIS. Minimum accuracy must be not more than one (1) submeter.

II. GPS Inventory:

The Urban Forester will provide the most recent GPS inventory data in its possession to the Contractor upon award of the Contract. The Contractor will manage the entire inventory work. The work must include field data collection, data entry, access to the computer software, training of City employees on the use of the system, future technical maintenance and support, and as an option, conversion of the existing database. Attributes to be collected by field personnel shall include, but are not limited to:
a. Tree Number
b. District/Zones/Parks/R-Areas/Residential
c. Street
d. Location by Address
e. Location by GIS
f. Species by botanical name & common name
g. The exact trunk diameter for each tree
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 148730

-5- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
h. Tree height
i. Tree condition
j. Tree dollar value
k. Recommended Maintenance
l. Existing overhead Utilities
m. Tree Grate information: tree grate Y/N, tree grate size, cast iron/concrete, condition
n. Parkway Size
o. Parkway Type
p. Sidewalk deflection inventory: ½ inch deflects fifteen (15’) feet from the center of the tree or thirty (30’) overall on public property only. The sidewalk inventory shall include digital photo of the deflection and a measurement reference.
q. Planting opportunities / empty tree wells/parkways

III. Mobile Application:

The tree inventory program must include a mobile application for field use. All data must reflect live data as it exists in the Tree inventory program. The functionality of the mobile application must include the following minimum requirements:
a. Mobile application must be compatible with Android systems. b. Mobile application must be usable for precision mobility view as user moves through canopied areas.
c. Mobile application must include multiple layering features , including aerial imagery and street names.
d. Mobile application must display tree icons based on precise GPS coordinates.
e. Mobile application must be able to illustrate live work history records. f. Mobile application must allow a function that permits live data updates.
g. Mobile application must be updated as new work records are modified.

IV. Technical Support and Maintenance:

The Contractor must provide routine maintenance, archive, backup, restore, and disaster recovery procedures as may be requested by the Urban Forester . The Contractor must provide complete support rapidly, with experienced staff available to the City from 7:30 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. Monday through Friday. The Contractor must be readily available by telephone or e-mail.

3. SPECIAL PROVISIONS:

Work may consist of tree pruning, traffic clearance pruning, and palm pruning as specified.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 149731

-6- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
A. DEFINITIONS:

Where “as directed”, “as required”, “as permitted”, “approve”, “acceptance”, or words of similar import are used, the direction, requirement, permission, approval, or acceptance by the City is intended unless otherwise stated. As used herein, “provide” must be understood to mean “provide complete” in total. The word “site” means the location receiving the service. The use of the word “Contractor” means the Contractor and/or any person employed by them and working under this Contract.

B. WORK QUALITY:

All tree pruning must comply with the appropriate arboriculture practices for the particular species of trees being trimmed, and the tree pruning must be consistent with the Pruning Standards and Best Management Practices as adopted by the International Society of Arboriculture. The Contractor must also meet the requirements of the current American National Standards, Z133, entitled "Safety Requirements for Arboricultural Operation," published by the American National Standard Institute., Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018, latest edition.

C. 2 CYCLE EQUIPMENT AND CO2 EMISSIONS:

To minimize CO2 emissions, it is desirable that the contractor utilize electric chainsaws with a bar length of sixteen (16) inches or less in length.

D. OPERATIONAL AWARENESS AND STANDARDS:

Before beginning the work, the Contractor must review with the Urban Forester various methods, tools, and schedules to be used on the work. Unless otherwise indicated, tree pruning must include but not be limited to accepted pruning activities.

Daily tree pruning operations must commence no earlier than 7:30 A.M. and must be completed each day no later than 5:00 P.M. No pruning operations will be allowed on weekends or observed City Holidays (excluding emergencies) unless approved by the Urban Forester. The working hours for the Downtown and North Business Improvement Districts are 7:30 A.M. to 12:00 P.M. and must be strictly enforced. Palms in the Downtown and North Business Improvement Districts, Pier, and El Porto Lots must be serviced biannually, generally in March and September.

Observed City Holidays:
• New Year’s Day; January 1st
• Martin Luther King Jr’s Birthday; Third Monday in January • Presidents Day; Third Monday in February
• Memorial Day; Last Monday in May
• Independence Day; July 4th
• Labor Day; First Monday in September
• Columbus Day; Second Monday in October
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 150732

-7- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
• Veterans Day; November 11th
• Thanksgiving Day; Fourth Thursday and the Friday after in November
• Christmas Eve Day, December 24th (Closed half day at 12:00 PM) • Christmas Day; December 25th

The following median locations are subject to the working hours between 9:00 A.M. to 3:00 P.M.
• Sepulveda Boulevard; Rosecrans Avenue to Artesia Boulevard • Manhattan Beach B oulevard; Aviation B oulevard to Sepulveda Boulevard
• Marine Avenue; Aviation Boulevard to Sepulveda Boulevard • Rosecrans Avenue; Aviation Boulevard to Highland Avenue • Artesia Boulevard; Aviation Boulevard to Sepulveda Boulevard • South Aviation Boulevard; Ruhland Avenue to Nelson Avenue

All debris resulting from tree pruning operations must be removed from the work site daily.

4. Tree Pruning:

At the direction of the Urban Forester, tree pruning routes must be established annually. All tree pruning must include structural pruning, crown raising, crown cleaning, and crown reduction per the standards set forth by the International Society of Arboriculture Pruning Standards (Best Management Practices) and the ANSI A300 Part 1 Standards, latest edition. No less than ten (10) percent and no more than twenty-five (25) percent of the foliage is to be removed in a growing season. Trees must also be trimmed to remove any obstruction around traffic control devices, traffic signals, streetlights, and buildings. Additional trimming must be performed to mitigate any effect of the clearance trimming and provide an aesthetic appearance.

The specific techniques employed must be consistent with industry practice for the size and specificity of a tree being trimmed. All dead, broken, damaged, diseased, or insect- infested limbs must be removed from the trunk or main branch. All cuts must be made sufficiently close, half (½) inch to the parent stem so that wound closure can readily start under normal conditions. All limbs two (2) inches or greater must be undercut to prevent splitting. The remaining limbs and branches must not be split or broken at the cut. All crossed or rubbing limbs must be removed unless removal will result in large gaps in the general outline of the tree.
a. Contractor must comply with Standards of CAL OSHA and American National Standard Institute, Z133- 2012 Safety Requirements , latest edition.

b. Contractor is responsible for providing and posting “No Parking” signs twenty-four (24) hours before the work is scheduled to begin.

c. Contractor must always attempt to maintain good public relations. The work must be conducted in a manner that will cause the least possible Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 151733

-8- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
interference and annoyance to the public. Work must be performed by competent employees and supervised by an experienced, English - speaking supervisor in tree maintenance operations.

d. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that private property and vehicles at work locations are not endangered or damaged during work.

e. Contractor must exercise the necessary precautions when working adjacent to aerial and subterranean utilities. The Contractor must utilize Line Clearance Qualified Tree trimmers if working within ten ( 10) feet of high-voltage power lines. If aerial utility wires present a hazard to the Contractor’s personnel or others near the work site, work is to immediately cease, and the appropriate utility company is notified. Work must then commence per instructions from the utility company. If work causes excavation, the City is responsible for properly marking the location, and the Contractor is responsible for appropriate notification of Underground Service Alert (USA).

f. No hooks, gaffs, spurs, or climbers will be used while climbing trees other than for removals and inaccessible palms when needed.

g. Final pruning cuts must be made without leaving stubs. Cuts must be made in a manner that promotes callous growth.

h. Topping is prohibited.

i. Cut laterals to preserve the natural form of the tree. Remove lateral branches at their point of origin or shorten the length of a branch by cutting to a lateral, which is large enough to assume dominance or one- third (1/3) the size of the parent limb removed.

j. Trim to remove dead wood or weak, diseased, insect -infested, broken, low, or crossing limbs. Branches with an extremely narrow angle of attachment should normally be removed.

k. Small limbs, including suckers and waterspouts, must be cut close to the trunk or branch from which they arise.

l. Heading, rounding over, or stubbing is not an accepted practice for reducing the size of the framework of any tree.

5. Vehicular and Pedestrian Clearance:

As directed by the Urban Forester, tree pruning for traffic clearances must provide clearances of eighteen (18) feet above finish grade for moving vehicles within the traveled roadway and ten (10) feet for pedestrians on sidewalks by standards set forth by the Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 152734

-9- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
International Society of Arboriculture Pruning Standards (Best Management Practices) and the ANSI A300, Part 1. Vehicular and pedestrian clearance must be determined by the Urban Forester and conform to the following:

a. Cut to laterals to preserve the natural form of the tree. Remove lateral branches at their point of origin or shorten the length of a branch by cutting to a lateral, which is large enough to assume dominance or one - third (1/3) the size of the parent limb removed.

b. When cutting back, avoid cutting back to small suckers. Remove smaller limbs and twigs in such a manner as to leave the foliage pattern evenly distributed.

6. Pruning Palms:

Palm tree pruning must consist of the removal of loose dead fronds, fruit clusters , and other vegetation from the trunks of all palms listed in the Contract Documents Special Provisions in a manner selected by the Contractor and approved by the Urban Forester and per the following:

a. The use of climbing spurs or spike shoes to climb palm trees is prohibited unless specifically approved by the Urban Forester. The Contractor must be required to use an aerial tower of sufficient height to reach the crown for palm pruning.

b. Palm pruning must consist of the removal of dead fronds, fruit, and flowers and must be removed without excessive damage to remaining live tissue. Annual palm pruning must include the skinning and removal of sheath/petiole of thirty-six (36) inches of the previous year's remaining sheath/petiole. The skinning must not encroach within thirty -six (36) inches from the base of the green fronds.

7. Additional Tree Pruning – By Service Request:

Trees that need service, in addition to the standard Annual Tree Pruning Program, will be directed by service requests from the Urban Forester. The Contractor will have two (2) weeks from receiving notification to complete additional tree-pruning service requests.

The City intends to allow residents to request and pay for additional work (to City-owned trees only and only during City tree trimming operations) through the City on an individual request basis. Any additional work will be authorized and directed by the Urban Forester using prices as listed in this Contract for supplemental work.

8. Tree Removals:

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 153735

-10- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
After the Urban Forester determines trees that require removal, they will prepare a list of trees to be removed, mark trees, notify homeowners, and submit lists to the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for calling in the USA and preparing an internal work order. The Contractor is responsible for removing trees and hauling all debris and grinding stumps to a depth of twenty-four (24) inches and a three (3) feet radius from the stump. All holes must be backfilled, and all debris cleaned up and hauled away. Special works that are difficult to access with equipment or require the need for a loader, bobcat, crane or an aerial tower over seventy -five (75) feet would fall under Crew and Specialty Equipment Rental rates. The Urban Forester must make the final determination to remove or provide public notice for removal later. Removals must be conducted in a good, workmanlike manner per the standards of the arboricultural professionals.

All wood from removed trees is the property of the City and must be disposed of at the direction of the Urban Forester. No wood must be left along public right -of-way unless approved by the Urban Forester. All of the tree parts are to be loaded into transport vehicles or containers. The vehicles or containers must have the front, sides, and rear solid, and the top must be trapped or otherwise tightly enclosed. The transporting of the tree parts must be made so that no debris escapes during the transport. Branches, suckers, bark, and other tree parts that are chipped are to be covered while transported and hauled to the disposal site during the workday.

The City is responsible for marking trees so that they are easily identifiable by the USA and the Contractor. The Contractor must be required to call in the USA at least two (2) days before stumps are to be ground out. All tree stumps must be removed to at least twenty-four (24) inches below the lowest soil level adjacent to the stump or until deep roots are no longer encountered. The Contractor must grind the stump within a minimum three (3) feet radius of the stump or until surface roots are no longer encountered.

Stumps should be cut low enough to the ground where routing can be done safely. This may be accomplished by cutting the stump at the time of grinding, or at the time of tree removal, except for infrastructure conflicts. Holes created by stump and root gri nding must be filled the same day. The resultant chips from routing may be used to fill the hole to two (2) inches above normal ground level. All excess routing chip debris must be removed and loaded into the transport vehicle for disposal. Any damaged paved surfaces must be restored to their original condition.

9. Tree Planting:

Trees must be installed per the Department of Public Works ST-14 Tree Planting Detail.

Tree planting includes the tree, stakes, ties, and complete installation and watering at the time of installation as directed by the Urban Forester. Within forty -eight (48) hours of installation, tree(s) must be GPS inventoried per specifications in Section E , Tree Inventory. Planting lists should be compiled by the Inspector and submitted monthly or as needed. The Contractor will guarantee the quality of the tree stock and th e workmanship.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 154736

-11- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
a. Contractor must provide all equipment, labor , and materials necessary for the planting of trees throughout the City per the specifications herein.

b. Contractor is responsible for marking locations and the notification of the USA before planting.

c. Planting pit must be dug twice the width and the same depth as the root ball. Before placing the tree in the planting pit , the Contractor must examine the root ball for injured roots and the canopy for broken branches. Damaged roots should be cleanly cut off at a point just in front of the break. Broken branches should be cut out of the canopy , making sure that the branch collar is not damaged.

d. Trees must be placed in the planting pit with their original growing level (the truck flare) at the same height as the surrounding finish grade. In grass-covered parkways, the top of the root ball must be level or slightly higher than the surrounding soil. In a concrete tree well, the root ball must be three (3) inches below the level of the finished surface of the concrete.

e. Backfill material should be native soil. All air pockets must be eliminated while backfilling the planting pit by watering the soil as the soil is put into the hole.

f. Trees planted in parkways must have a four (4) to six (6) inch high water retention basin built around the tree capable of holding at le ast ten (10) gallons of water. In a concrete tree well, soil should be raked against the edge of the concrete to create a sloping basin. Immediately after planting, the tree must be watered thoroughly by filling the water retention basin twice.

g. Trunk protectors such as Arbor -Guards or an approved equal must be placed at the base of the trunk of all new trees immediately after planting.

h. In some cases, root barriers may be required. The Urban Forester will make this determination. Should a root barrier be required, the Contractor will install a mechanical barrier that redirects root growth, eliminating the surface rooting that damages expensive hardscapes and creates a hazard. Root barriers will be considered an additional service request.

i. Contractor shall ensure that all trash and soil or dirt spilled on any paved surface are cleaned up at the end of each working day.

j. All trees must be of good nursery stock that adheres to the American Standard for Nursery Stock as described in the current ANSI Z60.1-2014 Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 155737

-12- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
Standards, latest edition. Trees must be free from pests, disease, and structural defects.

10. Crew and Specialty Equipment Rental Rate:

As directed by the Urban Forester, the Contractor’s crew and specialty equipment can be instructed to complete any type of miscellaneous tasks that may consist of extraordinary work such as: trimming specific trees or palms requiring immediate attention before their scheduled trim and trees requiring service before their regular annual trim to rectify a specific problem such as blocked street lighting or signs, right -of-way clearance, or broken limbs. These services will be performed at the Crew and Specialty Equipment Rental Rate. The Crew and Specialty Equipment Rental Rate may also apply to difficult- to-access areas, including but not limited to Sand Dune Park and Veterans Parkway.

11. Emergency Response:

The Contractor will be required to provide an emergency on-call response for damaged trees caused by storms or other reasons. Emergency calls may occur at any given time.

Emergency response work must begin within two (2) hours of the Urban Forester's initial telephone call.

The Contractor must provide a twenty-four (24) hour emergency telephone number or the names and cellular telephone numbers of at least three (3) contact individuals. Should the contact persons or their telephone numbers change during the contract, the changes must be submitted to the Urban Forester immediately.

The Contractor is required to provide all necessary traffic control during emergency work. Should the work involve any high- voltage power lines or any utility lines the Contractor must notify the responsible utility company.

Work performed under the emergency provision of this Contract must be paid for on a crew-hour basis. This includes all labor, tools, equipment, disposal fees, and necessary materials.

12. Tree Watering:

Watering is performed by a one-man crew with a water truck, who will water young trees at the Urban Forester's direction. It is considered an additional service request.

13. Small Tree Care:

The City requires an active approach to the care of its young and newly planted trees.

The Contractor is required to perform basic maintenance that will include, but not be limited to, tree well adjustments and watering, removal of weeds from tree wells, structural pruning, and re-staking when necessary.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 156738

-13- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

14. Arborist Services:

The Urban Forester may require tree evaluations , including written reports. The Contractor must provide an hourly rate for an Arborist who can respond to the City’s request(s) for the preparation of detailed arborist reports, tree risk assessment reports, tree evaluations, and site inspections. Reporting can be generated on as little as one (1) tree to an entire urban forest population and is handled on a case-by-case basis.

15. Plant Health Care:

At the direction of the Urban Forester, the Contractor is required to provide plant health care services, including but not limited to injecting and soil drenching as necessary to reduce a potentially harmful pest. This is required to maintain or improve the selected tree’s appearance, vitality, and safety using the most cost -effective and environmentally sensitive practices and treatments available. Plant Health Care involves routine monitoring and preventive treatments. All pesticide recommendations are to be made by a Pest Control Advisor per the Department of Pesticide Regulations.

a. PESTICIDE USAGE AND REPORTING:

i. Contractor must submit Pesticide Usage Report(s) to the Urban Forester at the end of each month summarizing the facilities treated, pests treated, pesticides used, pesticide application rates, man hours , and equipment. Report(s) will provide all pesticide information needed and, in a format, sufficient for all annual reporting, including Integrated Pest Management ( IPM) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).

ii. City IPM Policy encourages the use of the least toxic pesticide required for effective control of a given pest.

b. PESTS AND DISEASES:

i. For a ll trees known or suspected to be diseased/infested, the Contractor must disinfect all tools and cut surfaces after each cut and between trees.

ii. All trees must be inspected for Polyphagous Shot Hole Borers, Fusarium, Gold Spotted Oak Borers, or other high- priority pests/pathogens as determined by the Los Angeles County Agricultural Commissioner. This is a crucial step in safeguarding the health of our trees. The Contractor must handle all debris in a manner consistent with the newest version of all appropriate Best Management Practices (BMP), which minimizes the chance of spreading infection or infestation.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 157739

-14- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
iii. Material and debris from trees with known or suspected disease/infestation must be chipped to one (1) inch or smaller and must not be left on-site or used as much off-site. The debris must be removed and secured in a safe location at the Contractor's expense.

iv. No additional charges for disinfection or special handling is allowed.

c. PESTICIDE TREATMENT OF TREES:

i. The Contractor must have an “in -house” Qualified Applicator apply chemicals per the recommendations from the “in-house” Agricultural Pest Control Advisor (PCA) and all applicable product labels and regulations.

ii. Applications will be made by drench, spray , or injection as conditions warrant. The primary method of application should be trunk or soil injection.

iii. Pesticides may only be used on this Contract for treatment of “PHSB”, Golden Spotted Oak Borer (GSOB), Fusarium dieback , and other pests if approved by the Urban Forester.

d. PESTICIDE TREATMENT AND FERTILIZATION OF KING PALM:

i. The Contractor must have an “in- house” Qualified Applicator apply chemicals per the recommendations from the “in-house” Agricultural Pest Control Advisor (PCA) and all applicable product labels and regulations.

ii. Applications will be made by drench, spray, or injection as conditions warrant. The primary method of application should be trunk or soil injection.

iii. Insecticides may only be used on this Contract for treatment of Banana Moth in King and Queen Palm, and other pests if approved by the Urban Forester.

16. TRAFFIC CONTROL:

The Contractor must conform to all City Traffic Safety, and CA-MUTCD requirements and operating rules at all times while this Contract is in effect. The Contractor must employ staff certified as Traffic Control Design Specialist and Traffic Control Technicians per the American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA).

The Contractor will be responsible for supplying and using all safety equipment necessary to close or delineate traffic lanes to through traffic, including high-visibility Arrow Board(s) as necessary. The contract must ensure all traffic control signs and equipment are in good working condition and are approved by the California Department of Transportation.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 158740

-15- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
Illuminated arrow boards, sign stands, delineators, and/or cones must be used to identify the work site for vehicular and pedestrian safety.

17. PUBLIC NOTICING OF TREE PRUNING OPERATIONS:

If traffic is unobstructed, a “No Parking” posting must occur within one hundred (100) feet of tree pruning operations, and if traffic is obstructed, the entire block must be closed.

18. CLEAN UP:

When work is completed, the contractor must clean all job sites, including raking leaves, twigs, etc., from the lawns and parkways and sweeping the streets.

Each day’s scheduled work must be completed and cleaned up, and under no circumstances must any brush, leaves, debris, or equipment be left on the street overnight. The Contractor’s equipment may be stored overnight, with advance approval, at the City of Manhattan Beach Public Works Department (The City Yard); however, the City will not be responsible for the security of the Contractor’s equipment.

Brush and debris must be removed daily, sidewalks swept, lawns and parkways raked out, and gutters cleaned.

The Urban Forester must be the sole judge as to the adequacy of the cleanup.

19. DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS:

All tree branches produced as a result of the Contractor’s operations under this Contract will be reduced, reused, recycled, and/or transformed. The Contractor must provide the City with their Green Waste recycling report detailing the amount of debris recycled and its location. The report will be used to comply with Assembly Bill 939.

a. Green waste Recycling Reporting:

Green w aste includes trimmings, including all organic materials such as plant trimmings, branches, and flowers; grass clippings of any variety of grass; leaves and branches, including all fresh or dried leaves and branches.

Weight slips are required as proof of final processing and must be submitted with each demand for payment.

Reducing must include, but not be limited to, chipping, grinding, and/or shredding operations. Disposal is to be at a recycling yard for use in a mulching program, and proof of such will be provided with each demand for payment.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 159741

-16- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
Reusing will include, but not be limited to, using chipped, ground , or shredded tree materials as mulch. If the Contractor has a location outside the City where such mulch may be applied, the Contractor must provide the Urban Forester documentation (with each demand for payment) from the property owner indicating the location and amount of material to be used at that location.

Recycling will include, but not be limited to, firewood that is too large to be chipped, ground, or shredded for use as mulch. If wood is to be kept for firewood by the Contractor, the Contractor must provide to the City proof of such an operation with each demand for payment. The City must receive all recycling credit for any materials recycled, subject to CA solid waste law.

A calendar year (January – December) tonnage report must be included with the monthly tree maintenance invoice and submitted to the City in Microsoft Excel, including the following:
• Month
• Material type
• Tonnage Recycled
• Tonnage Landfilled (Residual)
• What was done with the material
 How & where recycled material was taken to
 Where landfilled material was taken to

b. Wood Chips:

At the direction of the Urban Forester, wood waste generated from tree removals must be chipped into pure wood chips of an even uniform size and dumped at the City Yard.

20. PARKING:

The City will make every attempt to identify a suitable space for parking vehicles and equipment for this Contract. The Contractor will hold the City harmless and release the City from liability as a result of theft or vandalism. Should a City site not be available, then the Contractor may park on the City right-of-way, City parking lot or City Facility near the work area(s), per the Urban Forester’s direction.

21. UNIFORMS/IDENTIFICATION:

The Contractor shall provide its workers with a standard uniform displaying company identification. All vehicles and equipment shall also be properly marked with company identification.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 160742

-17- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

22. INSPECTIONS:

The Urban Forester must always have access to the work site and must be furnished with full knowledge of the progress, workmanship, and character of materials and equipment used and employed in the work.

23. ANNUAL COST ADJUSTMENT:

A written request for any cost adjustment may be submitted annually, at least ninety (90) days prior to each anniversary date of the Contract. Such a request must include written justifications for the requested cost increase. The City will evaluate the request for a cost adjustment and will be the sole judge as to whether any cost increase will be approved. Adjustments may not exceed the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI -U) for the Los Angeles -Long Beach-Anaheim Area for the most recent twelve (12) month period to a maximum allowable annual increase of three (3)%.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 161743

MARINE AVE

AVIATION BLVD

ROSECRANS AVE

SEPULVEDA BLVD

MANHATTAN BEACH BLVD

ARTESIA BLVD
Mar 2024
Highland Ave
Rosecrans Ave
Marine Ave
Manhattan Beach Blvd
Artesia Blvd
Sepulveda Blvd
Aviation Blvd
City of Manhattan Beach
City Medians
/
Attachment I
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 162744

MARINE AVE

AVIATION BLVD

ROSECRANS AVE

SEPULVEDA BLVD

MANHATTAN BEACH BLVD

ARTESIA BLVD
Sand
Dune
Park Manhattan
Village
Field
Manhattan
Heights Park
Polliwog
Park
Marine
Ave Park
Marine
Sports
Complex
8th Street
Parkette
Larsson
Parkette
Bruce's
Beach
Live
Oak
Park
Veterans
Parkway
MB Art
Center
Block 35
Mar 2024
Highland Ave
Rosecrans Ave
Marine Ave
Manhattan Beach Blvd
Artesia Blvd
Sepulveda Blvd
Aviation Blvd
City of Manhattan Beach
City Parks
/
Attachment II
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 163745

ROSECRANS AVE

SEPULVEDA BLVD

MANHATTAN BEACH BLVD
City Hall Metlox
City Hall
Annex
El Porto
Lot Public
Works
Yard
Lot 4
Lower
Pier Lots
City Facilities
City of Manhattan Beach
/
Mar 2024
Highland Ave
Rosecrans Ave
Marine Ave
Manhattan Beach Blvd
Artesia Blvd
Sepulveda Blvd
Aviation Blvd
Attachment III
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 164746

MANHATTAN BEACH BLVD
11TH ST 10TH PL
11TH PL

MORNINGSIDE DR

VALLEY DR

VALLEY DR

CREST DR

BAYVIEW DR
8TH ST
11TH ST

OCEAN DR

CENTER PL
12TH ST

MANHATTAN AVE
15TH ST

HIGHLAND AVE
13TH PL
10TH ST
9TH ST
7TH ST
13TH ST
14TH ST

HIGHLAND AVE

MANHATTAN AVE

OCEAN DR

THE STRAND

THE STRAND
City of Manhattan Beach
Downtown Business Improvement District
January 2009
±
Feet500 0 500
Attachment IV
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 165747

ROSECRANS AVE

HIGHLAND AVE

CREST DR
32ND PL
43RD ST

OCEAN DR

THE STRAND
36TH ST
35TH ST
34TH ST
33RD ST
38TH ST
39TH ST
40TH ST
41ST ST
42ND ST

ALMA AVE

CREST DR

BAYVIEW DR

HIGHLAND AVE
45TH ST
44TH ST
32ND ST

MANHATTAN AVE

ROSECRANS AVE

HIGHLAND AVE

CREST DR
32ND PL
43RD ST

OCEAN DR

THE STRAND
36TH ST
35TH ST
34TH ST
33RD ST
38TH ST
39TH ST
40TH ST
41ST ST
42ND ST

ALMA AVE

CREST DR

BAYVIEW DR

HIGHLAND AVE
45TH ST
44TH ST
32ND ST

MANHATTAN AVE
City of Manhattan Beach
North Manhattan Beach
Business Improvement District
May 12, 2009
0 500 1,000250 Feet
/

ROSECRANS AVE

MARINE AVE

MANHATTAN BEACH BLVD

ARTESIA BLVD

AVIATION BLVD

SEPULVEDA BLVD

HIGHLAND AVE
Attachment V
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 166748
January February March April May June July August September October November December TOTALS Material Type 0
Tonnage Recycled 0
Tonnage Landfill (Residual) 0
How/where Recycled 0
Where Landfilled 0

ATTACHMENT VI

GREENWASTE RECYCLING MONTHLY REPORTING
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 167749
Attachment VII
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 168750
Exhibit B

EXHIBIT B
Approved Fee Schedule

Various Species Tree
Pruning:

City
Medians:
(combine 5
locations)
City
Medians:
(combine 13
locations)
City
Facilities:
(combine
7 locations)

Downtow
n BID:
(1
location)
North BID:
(1
location)

TOTALS UNIT

PRICE SUBTOTAL
0-6” 6 396 145 156 14 717 $ 44.00 $ 31,548.00 6”-12” 53 644 275 246 30 1248 $ 79.00 $ 98,592.00 12”-18” 63 544 88 36 10 741 $ 133.00 $ 98,553.00 18”-24” 76 334 42 4 2 458 $ 226.00 $ 103,508.00
24”-30” 37 103 5 4 149 $ 305.00 $ 45,445.00
30”-36” 24 87 9 1 121 $ 375.00 $ 45,375.00

Fan Palm Pruning:

City
Medians:
(combine 5
locations)
City
Medians:
(combine 13
locations)
City
Facilities:
(combine
7 locations)

Downtow
n BID:
(1
location)
North BID:
(1
location)

1’-15’ 8 4 12 $ 84.00 $ 1,008.00 15’-30’ 6 6 12 24 $ 84.00 $ 2,016.00
30’-45’ 82 14 172 24 24 316 $ 84.00 $ 26,544.00 45+ 60 16 76 $ 84.00 $ 6,384.00

Queen Palm Pruning:

City
Medians:
(combine 5
locations)
City
Medians:
(combine 13
locations)
City
Facilities:
(combine
7 locations)

Downtow
n BID:
(1
location)
North BID:
(1
location)

1’-15’

2 80 82 $ 54.00 $ 4,428.00
15’-30’ 22 216 20 258 $ 54.00 $ 13,932.00
30’-45’ 64 192 32 288 $ 84.00 $ 24,192.00
45+ 2 2 $ 84.00 $ 168.00
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 169751

-2- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

King Palm Pruning:

City
Medians:
(combine 5
locations)
City
Medians:
(combine 13
locations)
City
Facilities:
(combine
7 locations)

Downtow
n BID:
(1
location)
North BID:
(1
location)

1’-15’

14 52 84 150 $ 44.00 $ 6,600.00
15’-30’ 54 12 116 44 226 $ 44.00 $ 9,944.00 30’-45’ 2 6 8 $ 44.00 $ 352.00
45+ 0 $ 44.00 $ -

Windmill Palm Pruning:

City
Medians:
(combine 5
locations)
City
Medians:
(combine 13
locations)
City
Facilities:
(combine
7 locations)

Downtow
n BID:
(1
location)
North BID:
(1
location)

1’-15’ 92 8 7

107 $ 44.00 $ 4,708.00
15’-30’

1 1 $ 44.00 $ 44.00
30’-45’ 0 $ 44.00 $ -
45+ 0 $ 44.00 $ -

Date Palm Pruning:

City
Medians:
(combine 5
locations)
City
Medians:
(combine 13
locations)
City
Facilities:
(combine
7 locations)

Downtow
n BID:
(1
location)
North BID:
(1
location)

1’-15’

14 4

18 $ 174.00 $ 3,132.00
15’-30’ 50 26 76 $ 174.00 $ 13,224.00
30’-45’ 18 4 22 $ 254.00 $ 5,588.00
45+ 0 $ 375.00 $ -

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 170752
-
3- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
King Palm Fumigation
and Fertilization Services
Downtown
BID:
(1
location)
North BID:
(1
location)
Treat King Palm for
Banana Moth. Canopy
drench with Transtect
WP insecticide. 120 30 150 $ 124.00 $ 18,600.00
Baseline insecticide, and
Pentra-Bark adjuvant.

Take soil samples as
needed, and treat as
many as required with
liquid and/or granular. 120 30 150 $ 44.00 $ 6,600.00 Fertilizer per PCA
recommendation to
improve health and
aesthetics.

GRAND
TOTALS 5400 $ 570,485.00
Description of Work Cost Unit of Measure
Palm Skimming
Fan Palm (Washingtonia spp.) per linear foot

$34 Per linear foot
Clean Trunk for Date Palm (Phoenix spp.) per linear foot $44 Per linear foot Tree Removal of Truck (Stumps shall be ground to a depth of twenty-four (24) inches
Tree & Stump removal per dia. Inch 0 - twenty-four (24) inches dbh

$58 Per inch
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 171753

-4- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
Tree & Stump removal per dia. Inch over twenty -five (25) inches dbh

$58 Per inch
Stump grinding per (trunk) stump diameter inch at grade

$24 Per inch
Planting & GPS at Time of Install -Tree planting includes tree, stakes, ties, and labor
Fifteen (15) gallon tree

$250 Per tree
Twenty-four (24) inch box tree

$450 Per tree
Thirty-six (36) inch box tree

$1,400 Per tree
Forty-eight (48) inch box tree

$2,400 Per tree
Sixty (60) inch box tree

$5,000 Per tree
Seventy-two (72) inch box tree

$7,500 Per tree
Tree Water
Watering young trees, includes water truck and operator

$105 Per hour
Root Pruning

Per foot of roots pruned

$44 Per linear foot
Root Barrier Installation
Per foot of root barrier installed

$44 Per linear foot
General Labor Rates for Work Not Already Specified

Three (3) man crew with equipment

$315 Per hour, per three
(3) man crew
Daily Crew & Equipment Rate

Boom truck per eight (8) hours a day to include a chip body, low

$840 Per day
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 172754

-5- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
Decibel chipper, One (1) Senior Tree Trimmer, One (1)
Trimmer, & One (1) Grounds person

$315 Per hour, per three
(3) man crew
Specialty Equipment Hourly Rate

Crane

$254 Per hour
Ninety-five (95) foot aerial tower

$174 Per hour
Loader or Bobcat

$124 Per hour
Emergency Services -
Emergency response services

During normal business hours (Monday - Friday, 7:00 AM - 4:00 PM

$129 Per man hour
After hours, weekends, and/or holidays

$159 Per man hour
General Arborists Services

Written Arborist Reports

$174 Per hour
Airspade Services

$14 Per hour
Fumigation Services

$174 Per hour
Fertilization Services

$174 Per hour
Level 1, 2, and 3 Risk Assessments

$174 Per hour
Soil Testing / Soil Enhancements

$174 Per hour
GPS Tree Inventory

Cost per tree site collected, including vacant sites

$4.00 Per tree
Trunk Injected Recommended Material

Trunk injection (Fungicide) per diameter inch -
Description: Trunk injected with recommended material

$8 Per inch
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 173755

-6- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
Trunk injection (Insecticide & Fungicide Combo) per diameter inch
Description: Combination of one-time truck to two

$8 Per inch
Avermectin Class insecticide injection per diameter inch - Description: Recommended trunk injection of Emamectin
Benzoate active ingredient

$8 Per inch
Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 174756
Exhibit C

12100-0001\3088621v3.doc

EXHIBIT C
Terms for Compliance with California Labor Law Requirements

1. Contractor acknowledges that the project as defined in this Agreement between Contractor and City, to which this Exhibit is attached and incorporated by reference, is a “public work” as defined in Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code (“Chapter 1”), and that this Agreement is subject to (a) Chapter 1, including without limi tation Labor Code Section 1771 and (b) the rules and regulations established by the Director of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementi ng such statutes. Contractor shall perform all work on the project as a public work. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by all the terms, rules and regulations described in 1(a) and 1(b) as though set forth in full herein.

2. California law requires the inclusion of specific Labor Code provisions in certain contracts. The inclusion of such specific provisions below, whether or not required by California law, does not alter the meaning or scope of Section 1 above.

3. Contractor shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations in accordance with California Labor Code Section 1725.5, and has provided proof of registration to City prior to the effective date of this Agreement. Contractor shall not perform work with any subcontractor that is not registered with DIR pursuant to Section 1725.5. Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain their registration with the DIR in effect throughout the duration of this Agreement. If Contractor or any subcontractor cease to be registered with DIR at any time during the duration of the project, Contractor shall immediately notify City.

4. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.4, Contractor’s services are subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by DIR. Contractor shall post job site notices, as prescribed by DIR regulations.

5. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Agreement are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request.

Contractor acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing rate of per diem wages, and Contractor shall post such rates at each job site covered by this Agreement.

6. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit two hundred dollars ($200.00 ) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to this Agreement by Contractor or by any subcontractor.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 175757

-2- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form

7. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires Contractor and each subcontractor to (1) keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776, (2) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776, and (3) inform the City of the location of the records.

8. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Administrative Code title 8, section 200 et seq . concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects.

Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with these aforementioned Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing work under this Agreement, Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within 60 days after concluding work pursuant to this Agreement, Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall submit to the City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement.

9. Contractor acknowledges that eight hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work.

Contractor shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. Contractor shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25.00 ) for each worker employed in the performance of this Agreement by Contractor or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code section 1815, work performed by employees of Contractor in excess of eight hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight hours per day at not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay.

10. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every employer will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Contractor hereby certifies as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self - insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with suc h provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.”

11. For every subcontractor who will perform work on the project, Contractor shall be responsible for such subcontractor’s compliance with Chapter 1 and Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700, and Contractor shall include in the written contract between it and each subcontractor a copy of those statutory provisions and a requirement that each subcontractor shall comply with those statutory provisions. Contractor shall be required Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 176758

-3- Approved for Use 6/23/23
2827064v1.doc City of MB Form
to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure subcontractor’s compliance, including without limitation, conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor and upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages.

Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure.

12. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (at Contractor’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to the City) the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents and independent contractors serving in the role of City officials, and volunteers from and against any demand or claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or omissions listed above by any person or entity (including Contractor, its subcontractors, and each of their officials, officers, employees and agents) in connection with any work undertaken or in connection with the Agreement, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, and other related costs and expenses. All duties of Contractor under this Section shall survive termination of the Agreement.

Docusign Envelope ID: B55654E8-7304-4F2F-9B3E-D4CB361C6353 177759

← All documents from this meeting